xref: /sqlite-3.40.0/src/pager.c (revision 7aa3ebee)
1 /*
2 ** 2001 September 15
3 **
4 ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
5 ** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
6 **
7 **    May you do good and not evil.
8 **    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
9 **    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
10 **
11 *************************************************************************
12 ** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager".
13 **
14 ** The pager is used to access a database disk file.  It implements
15 ** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that
16 ** is separate from the database file.  The pager also implements file
17 ** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database
18 ** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while
19 ** another is writing.
20 */
21 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
22 #include "sqliteInt.h"
23 #include "wal.h"
24 
25 
26 /******************* NOTES ON THE DESIGN OF THE PAGER ************************
27 **
28 ** This comment block describes invariants that hold when using a rollback
29 ** journal.  These invariants do not apply for journal_mode=WAL,
30 ** journal_mode=MEMORY, or journal_mode=OFF.
31 **
32 ** Within this comment block, a page is deemed to have been synced
33 ** automatically as soon as it is written when PRAGMA synchronous=OFF.
34 ** Otherwise, the page is not synced until the xSync method of the VFS
35 ** is called successfully on the file containing the page.
36 **
37 ** Definition:  A page of the database file is said to be "overwriteable" if
38 ** one or more of the following are true about the page:
39 **
40 **     (a)  The original content of the page as it was at the beginning of
41 **          the transaction has been written into the rollback journal and
42 **          synced.
43 **
44 **     (b)  The page was a freelist leaf page at the start of the transaction.
45 **
46 **     (c)  The page number is greater than the largest page that existed in
47 **          the database file at the start of the transaction.
48 **
49 ** (1) A page of the database file is never overwritten unless one of the
50 **     following are true:
51 **
52 **     (a) The page and all other pages on the same sector are overwriteable.
53 **
54 **     (b) The atomic page write optimization is enabled, and the entire
55 **         transaction other than the update of the transaction sequence
56 **         number consists of a single page change.
57 **
58 ** (2) The content of a page written into the rollback journal exactly matches
59 **     both the content in the database when the rollback journal was written
60 **     and the content in the database at the beginning of the current
61 **     transaction.
62 **
63 ** (3) Writes to the database file are an integer multiple of the page size
64 **     in length and are aligned on a page boundary.
65 **
66 ** (4) Reads from the database file are either aligned on a page boundary and
67 **     an integer multiple of the page size in length or are taken from the
68 **     first 100 bytes of the database file.
69 **
70 ** (5) All writes to the database file are synced prior to the rollback journal
71 **     being deleted, truncated, or zeroed.
72 **
73 ** (6) If a master journal file is used, then all writes to the database file
74 **     are synced prior to the master journal being deleted.
75 **
76 ** Definition: Two databases (or the same database at two points it time)
77 ** are said to be "logically equivalent" if they give the same answer to
78 ** all queries.  Note in particular the content of freelist leaf
79 ** pages can be changed arbitrarily without affecting the logical equivalence
80 ** of the database.
81 **
82 ** (7) At any time, if any subset, including the empty set and the total set,
83 **     of the unsynced changes to a rollback journal are removed and the
84 **     journal is rolled back, the resulting database file will be logically
85 **     equivalent to the database file at the beginning of the transaction.
86 **
87 ** (8) When a transaction is rolled back, the xTruncate method of the VFS
88 **     is called to restore the database file to the same size it was at
89 **     the beginning of the transaction.  (In some VFSes, the xTruncate
90 **     method is a no-op, but that does not change the fact the SQLite will
91 **     invoke it.)
92 **
93 ** (9) Whenever the database file is modified, at least one bit in the range
94 **     of bytes from 24 through 39 inclusive will be changed prior to releasing
95 **     the EXCLUSIVE lock, thus signaling other connections on the same
96 **     database to flush their caches.
97 **
98 ** (10) The pattern of bits in bytes 24 through 39 shall not repeat in less
99 **      than one billion transactions.
100 **
101 ** (11) A database file is well-formed at the beginning and at the conclusion
102 **      of every transaction.
103 **
104 ** (12) An EXCLUSIVE lock is held on the database file when writing to
105 **      the database file.
106 **
107 ** (13) A SHARED lock is held on the database file while reading any
108 **      content out of the database file.
109 **
110 ******************************************************************************/
111 
112 /*
113 ** Macros for troubleshooting.  Normally turned off
114 */
115 #if 0
116 int sqlite3PagerTrace=1;  /* True to enable tracing */
117 #define sqlite3DebugPrintf printf
118 #define PAGERTRACE(X)     if( sqlite3PagerTrace ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf X; }
119 #else
120 #define PAGERTRACE(X)
121 #endif
122 
123 /*
124 ** The following two macros are used within the PAGERTRACE() macros above
125 ** to print out file-descriptors.
126 **
127 ** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as its argument. The
128 ** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an sqlite3_file
129 ** struct as its argument.
130 */
131 #define PAGERID(p) ((int)(p->fd))
132 #define FILEHANDLEID(fd) ((int)fd)
133 
134 /*
135 ** The Pager.eState variable stores the current 'state' of a pager. A
136 ** pager may be in any one of the seven states shown in the following
137 ** state diagram.
138 **
139 **                            OPEN <------+------+
140 **                              |         |      |
141 **                              V         |      |
142 **               +---------> READER-------+      |
143 **               |              |                |
144 **               |              V                |
145 **               |<-------WRITER_LOCKED------> ERROR
146 **               |              |                ^
147 **               |              V                |
148 **               |<------WRITER_CACHEMOD-------->|
149 **               |              |                |
150 **               |              V                |
151 **               |<-------WRITER_DBMOD---------->|
152 **               |              |                |
153 **               |              V                |
154 **               +<------WRITER_FINISHED-------->+
155 **
156 **
157 ** List of state transitions and the C [function] that performs each:
158 **
159 **   OPEN              -> READER              [sqlite3PagerSharedLock]
160 **   READER            -> OPEN                [pager_unlock]
161 **
162 **   READER            -> WRITER_LOCKED       [sqlite3PagerBegin]
163 **   WRITER_LOCKED     -> WRITER_CACHEMOD     [pager_open_journal]
164 **   WRITER_CACHEMOD   -> WRITER_DBMOD        [syncJournal]
165 **   WRITER_DBMOD      -> WRITER_FINISHED     [sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne]
166 **   WRITER_***        -> READER              [pager_end_transaction]
167 **
168 **   WRITER_***        -> ERROR               [pager_error]
169 **   ERROR             -> OPEN                [pager_unlock]
170 **
171 **
172 **  OPEN:
173 **
174 **    The pager starts up in this state. Nothing is guaranteed in this
175 **    state - the file may or may not be locked and the database size is
176 **    unknown. The database may not be read or written.
177 **
178 **    * No read or write transaction is active.
179 **    * Any lock, or no lock at all, may be held on the database file.
180 **    * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables may not be trusted.
181 **
182 **  READER:
183 **
184 **    In this state all the requirements for reading the database in
185 **    rollback (non-WAL) mode are met. Unless the pager is (or recently
186 **    was) in exclusive-locking mode, a user-level read transaction is
187 **    open. The database size is known in this state.
188 **
189 **    A connection running with locking_mode=normal enters this state when
190 **    it opens a read-transaction on the database and returns to state
191 **    OPEN after the read-transaction is completed. However a connection
192 **    running in locking_mode=exclusive (including temp databases) remains in
193 **    this state even after the read-transaction is closed. The only way
194 **    a locking_mode=exclusive connection can transition from READER to OPEN
195 **    is via the ERROR state (see below).
196 **
197 **    * A read transaction may be active (but a write-transaction cannot).
198 **    * A SHARED or greater lock is held on the database file.
199 **    * The dbSize variable may be trusted (even if a user-level read
200 **      transaction is not active). The dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables
201 **      may not be trusted at this point.
202 **    * If the database is a WAL database, then the WAL connection is open.
203 **    * Even if a read-transaction is not open, it is guaranteed that
204 **      there is no hot-journal in the file-system.
205 **
206 **  WRITER_LOCKED:
207 **
208 **    The pager moves to this state from READER when a write-transaction
209 **    is first opened on the database. In WRITER_LOCKED state, all locks
210 **    required to start a write-transaction are held, but no actual
211 **    modifications to the cache or database have taken place.
212 **
213 **    In rollback mode, a RESERVED or (if the transaction was opened with
214 **    BEGIN EXCLUSIVE) EXCLUSIVE lock is obtained on the database file when
215 **    moving to this state, but the journal file is not written to or opened
216 **    to in this state. If the transaction is committed or rolled back while
217 **    in WRITER_LOCKED state, all that is required is to unlock the database
218 **    file.
219 **
220 **    IN WAL mode, WalBeginWriteTransaction() is called to lock the log file.
221 **    If the connection is running with locking_mode=exclusive, an attempt
222 **    is made to obtain an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file.
223 **
224 **    * A write transaction is active.
225 **    * If the connection is open in rollback-mode, a RESERVED or greater
226 **      lock is held on the database file.
227 **    * If the connection is open in WAL-mode, a WAL write transaction
228 **      is open (i.e. sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction() has been successfully
229 **      called).
230 **    * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables are all valid.
231 **    * The contents of the pager cache have not been modified.
232 **    * The journal file may or may not be open.
233 **    * Nothing (not even the first header) has been written to the journal.
234 **
235 **  WRITER_CACHEMOD:
236 **
237 **    A pager moves from WRITER_LOCKED state to this state when a page is
238 **    first modified by the upper layer. In rollback mode the journal file
239 **    is opened (if it is not already open) and a header written to the
240 **    start of it. The database file on disk has not been modified.
241 **
242 **    * A write transaction is active.
243 **    * A RESERVED or greater lock is held on the database file.
244 **    * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
245 **      to it, but the header has not been synced to disk.
246 **    * The contents of the page cache have been modified.
247 **
248 **  WRITER_DBMOD:
249 **
250 **    The pager transitions from WRITER_CACHEMOD into WRITER_DBMOD state
251 **    when it modifies the contents of the database file. WAL connections
252 **    never enter this state (since they do not modify the database file,
253 **    just the log file).
254 **
255 **    * A write transaction is active.
256 **    * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
257 **    * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
258 **      and synced to disk.
259 **    * The contents of the page cache have been modified (and possibly
260 **      written to disk).
261 **
262 **  WRITER_FINISHED:
263 **
264 **    It is not possible for a WAL connection to enter this state.
265 **
266 **    A rollback-mode pager changes to WRITER_FINISHED state from WRITER_DBMOD
267 **    state after the entire transaction has been successfully written into the
268 **    database file. In this state the transaction may be committed simply
269 **    by finalizing the journal file. Once in WRITER_FINISHED state, it is
270 **    not possible to modify the database further. At this point, the upper
271 **    layer must either commit or rollback the transaction.
272 **
273 **    * A write transaction is active.
274 **    * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
275 **    * All writing and syncing of journal and database data has finished.
276 **      If no error occurred, all that remains is to finalize the journal to
277 **      commit the transaction. If an error did occur, the caller will need
278 **      to rollback the transaction.
279 **
280 **  ERROR:
281 **
282 **    The ERROR state is entered when an IO or disk-full error (including
283 **    SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) occurs at a point in the code that makes it
284 **    difficult to be sure that the in-memory pager state (cache contents,
285 **    db size etc.) are consistent with the contents of the file-system.
286 **
287 **    Temporary pager files may enter the ERROR state, but in-memory pagers
288 **    cannot.
289 **
290 **    For example, if an IO error occurs while performing a rollback,
291 **    the contents of the page-cache may be left in an inconsistent state.
292 **    At this point it would be dangerous to change back to READER state
293 **    (as usually happens after a rollback). Any subsequent readers might
294 **    report database corruption (due to the inconsistent cache), and if
295 **    they upgrade to writers, they may inadvertently corrupt the database
296 **    file. To avoid this hazard, the pager switches into the ERROR state
297 **    instead of READER following such an error.
298 **
299 **    Once it has entered the ERROR state, any attempt to use the pager
300 **    to read or write data returns an error. Eventually, once all
301 **    outstanding transactions have been abandoned, the pager is able to
302 **    transition back to OPEN state, discarding the contents of the
303 **    page-cache and any other in-memory state at the same time. Everything
304 **    is reloaded from disk (and, if necessary, hot-journal rollback peformed)
305 **    when a read-transaction is next opened on the pager (transitioning
306 **    the pager into READER state). At that point the system has recovered
307 **    from the error.
308 **
309 **    Specifically, the pager jumps into the ERROR state if:
310 **
311 **      1. An error occurs while attempting a rollback. This happens in
312 **         function sqlite3PagerRollback().
313 **
314 **      2. An error occurs while attempting to finalize a journal file
315 **         following a commit in function sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo().
316 **
317 **      3. An error occurs while attempting to write to the journal or
318 **         database file in function pagerStress() in order to free up
319 **         memory.
320 **
321 **    In other cases, the error is returned to the b-tree layer. The b-tree
322 **    layer then attempts a rollback operation. If the error condition
323 **    persists, the pager enters the ERROR state via condition (1) above.
324 **
325 **    Condition (3) is necessary because it can be triggered by a read-only
326 **    statement executed within a transaction. In this case, if the error
327 **    code were simply returned to the user, the b-tree layer would not
328 **    automatically attempt a rollback, as it assumes that an error in a
329 **    read-only statement cannot leave the pager in an internally inconsistent
330 **    state.
331 **
332 **    * The Pager.errCode variable is set to something other than SQLITE_OK.
333 **    * There are one or more outstanding references to pages (after the
334 **      last reference is dropped the pager should move back to OPEN state).
335 **    * The pager is not an in-memory pager.
336 **
337 **
338 ** Notes:
339 **
340 **   * A pager is never in WRITER_DBMOD or WRITER_FINISHED state if the
341 **     connection is open in WAL mode. A WAL connection is always in one
342 **     of the first four states.
343 **
344 **   * Normally, a connection open in exclusive mode is never in PAGER_OPEN
345 **     state. There are two exceptions: immediately after exclusive-mode has
346 **     been turned on (and before any read or write transactions are
347 **     executed), and when the pager is leaving the "error state".
348 **
349 **   * See also: assert_pager_state().
350 */
351 #define PAGER_OPEN                  0
352 #define PAGER_READER                1
353 #define PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED         2
354 #define PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD       3
355 #define PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD          4
356 #define PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED       5
357 #define PAGER_ERROR                 6
358 
359 /*
360 ** The Pager.eLock variable is almost always set to one of the
361 ** following locking-states, according to the lock currently held on
362 ** the database file: NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
363 ** This variable is kept up to date as locks are taken and released by
364 ** the pagerLockDb() and pagerUnlockDb() wrappers.
365 **
366 ** If the VFS xLock() or xUnlock() returns an error other than SQLITE_BUSY
367 ** (i.e. one of the SQLITE_IOERR subtypes), it is not clear whether or not
368 ** the operation was successful. In these circumstances pagerLockDb() and
369 ** pagerUnlockDb() take a conservative approach - eLock is always updated
370 ** when unlocking the file, and only updated when locking the file if the
371 ** VFS call is successful. This way, the Pager.eLock variable may be set
372 ** to a less exclusive (lower) value than the lock that is actually held
373 ** at the system level, but it is never set to a more exclusive value.
374 **
375 ** This is usually safe. If an xUnlock fails or appears to fail, there may
376 ** be a few redundant xLock() calls or a lock may be held for longer than
377 ** required, but nothing really goes wrong.
378 **
379 ** The exception is when the database file is unlocked as the pager moves
380 ** from ERROR to OPEN state. At this point there may be a hot-journal file
381 ** in the file-system that needs to be rolled back (as part of an OPEN->SHARED
382 ** transition, by the same pager or any other). If the call to xUnlock()
383 ** fails at this point and the pager is left holding an EXCLUSIVE lock, this
384 ** can confuse the call to xCheckReservedLock() call made later as part
385 ** of hot-journal detection.
386 **
387 ** xCheckReservedLock() is defined as returning true "if there is a RESERVED
388 ** lock held by this process or any others". So xCheckReservedLock may
389 ** return true because the caller itself is holding an EXCLUSIVE lock (but
390 ** doesn't know it because of a previous error in xUnlock). If this happens
391 ** a hot-journal may be mistaken for a journal being created by an active
392 ** transaction in another process, causing SQLite to read from the database
393 ** without rolling it back.
394 **
395 ** To work around this, if a call to xUnlock() fails when unlocking the
396 ** database in the ERROR state, Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK. It
397 ** is only changed back to a real locking state after a successful call
398 ** to xLock(EXCLUSIVE). Also, the code to do the OPEN->SHARED state transition
399 ** omits the check for a hot-journal if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK
400 ** lock. Instead, it assumes a hot-journal exists and obtains an EXCLUSIVE
401 ** lock on the database file before attempting to roll it back. See function
402 ** PagerSharedLock() for more detail.
403 **
404 ** Pager.eLock may only be set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when the pager is in
405 ** PAGER_OPEN state.
406 */
407 #define UNKNOWN_LOCK                (EXCLUSIVE_LOCK+1)
408 
409 /*
410 ** A macro used for invoking the codec if there is one
411 */
412 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
413 # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) \
414     if( P->xCodec && P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)==0 ){ E; }
415 # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) \
416     if( P->xCodec==0 ){ O=(char*)D; }else \
417     if( (O=(char*)(P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)))==0 ){ E; }
418 #else
419 # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E)   /* NO-OP */
420 # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) O=(char*)D
421 #endif
422 
423 /*
424 ** The maximum allowed sector size. 64KiB. If the xSectorsize() method
425 ** returns a value larger than this, then MAX_SECTOR_SIZE is used instead.
426 ** This could conceivably cause corruption following a power failure on
427 ** such a system. This is currently an undocumented limit.
428 */
429 #define MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 0x10000
430 
431 /*
432 ** If the option SQLITE_EXTRA_DURABLE option is set at compile-time, then
433 ** SQLite will do extra fsync() operations when synchronous==FULL to help
434 ** ensure that transactions are durable across a power failure.  Most
435 ** applications are happy as long as transactions are consistent across
436 ** a power failure, and are perfectly willing to lose the last transaction
437 ** in exchange for the extra performance of avoiding directory syncs.
438 ** And so the default SQLITE_EXTRA_DURABLE setting is off.
439 */
440 #ifndef SQLITE_EXTRA_DURABLE
441 # define SQLITE_EXTRA_DURABLE 0
442 #endif
443 
444 
445 /*
446 ** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each active
447 ** savepoint and statement transaction in the system. All such structures
448 ** are stored in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array, which is allocated and
449 ** resized using sqlite3Realloc().
450 **
451 ** When a savepoint is created, the PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset field is
452 ** set to 0. If a journal-header is written into the main journal while
453 ** the savepoint is active, then iHdrOffset is set to the byte offset
454 ** immediately following the last journal record written into the main
455 ** journal before the journal-header. This is required during savepoint
456 ** rollback (see pagerPlaybackSavepoint()).
457 */
458 typedef struct PagerSavepoint PagerSavepoint;
459 struct PagerSavepoint {
460   i64 iOffset;                 /* Starting offset in main journal */
461   i64 iHdrOffset;              /* See above */
462   Bitvec *pInSavepoint;        /* Set of pages in this savepoint */
463   Pgno nOrig;                  /* Original number of pages in file */
464   Pgno iSubRec;                /* Index of first record in sub-journal */
465 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
466   u32 aWalData[WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA];        /* WAL savepoint context */
467 #endif
468 };
469 
470 /*
471 ** Bits of the Pager.doNotSpill flag.  See further description below.
472 */
473 #define SPILLFLAG_OFF         0x01 /* Never spill cache.  Set via pragma */
474 #define SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK    0x02 /* Current rolling back, so do not spill */
475 #define SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC      0x04 /* Spill is ok, but do not sync */
476 
477 /*
478 ** An open page cache is an instance of struct Pager. A description of
479 ** some of the more important member variables follows:
480 **
481 ** eState
482 **
483 **   The current 'state' of the pager object. See the comment and state
484 **   diagram above for a description of the pager state.
485 **
486 ** eLock
487 **
488 **   For a real on-disk database, the current lock held on the database file -
489 **   NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
490 **
491 **   For a temporary or in-memory database (neither of which require any
492 **   locks), this variable is always set to EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. Since such
493 **   databases always have Pager.exclusiveMode==1, this tricks the pager
494 **   logic into thinking that it already has all the locks it will ever
495 **   need (and no reason to release them).
496 **
497 **   In some (obscure) circumstances, this variable may also be set to
498 **   UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for
499 **   details.
500 **
501 ** changeCountDone
502 **
503 **   This boolean variable is used to make sure that the change-counter
504 **   (the 4-byte header field at byte offset 24 of the database file) is
505 **   not updated more often than necessary.
506 **
507 **   It is set to true when the change-counter field is updated, which
508 **   can only happen if an exclusive lock is held on the database file.
509 **   It is cleared (set to false) whenever an exclusive lock is
510 **   relinquished on the database file. Each time a transaction is committed,
511 **   The changeCountDone flag is inspected. If it is true, the work of
512 **   updating the change-counter is omitted for the current transaction.
513 **
514 **   This mechanism means that when running in exclusive mode, a connection
515 **   need only update the change-counter once, for the first transaction
516 **   committed.
517 **
518 ** setMaster
519 **
520 **   When PagerCommitPhaseOne() is called to commit a transaction, it may
521 **   (or may not) specify a master-journal name to be written into the
522 **   journal file before it is synced to disk.
523 **
524 **   Whether or not a journal file contains a master-journal pointer affects
525 **   the way in which the journal file is finalized after the transaction is
526 **   committed or rolled back when running in "journal_mode=PERSIST" mode.
527 **   If a journal file does not contain a master-journal pointer, it is
528 **   finalized by overwriting the first journal header with zeroes. If
529 **   it does contain a master-journal pointer the journal file is finalized
530 **   by truncating it to zero bytes, just as if the connection were
531 **   running in "journal_mode=truncate" mode.
532 **
533 **   Journal files that contain master journal pointers cannot be finalized
534 **   simply by overwriting the first journal-header with zeroes, as the
535 **   master journal pointer could interfere with hot-journal rollback of any
536 **   subsequently interrupted transaction that reuses the journal file.
537 **
538 **   The flag is cleared as soon as the journal file is finalized (either
539 **   by PagerCommitPhaseTwo or PagerRollback). If an IO error prevents the
540 **   journal file from being successfully finalized, the setMaster flag
541 **   is cleared anyway (and the pager will move to ERROR state).
542 **
543 ** doNotSpill
544 **
545 **   This variables control the behavior of cache-spills  (calls made by
546 **   the pcache module to the pagerStress() routine to write cached data
547 **   to the file-system in order to free up memory).
548 **
549 **   When bits SPILLFLAG_OFF or SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK of doNotSpill are set,
550 **   writing to the database from pagerStress() is disabled altogether.
551 **   The SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK case is done in a very obscure case that
552 **   comes up during savepoint rollback that requires the pcache module
553 **   to allocate a new page to prevent the journal file from being written
554 **   while it is being traversed by code in pager_playback().  The SPILLFLAG_OFF
555 **   case is a user preference.
556 **
557 **   If the SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC bit is set, writing to the database from
558 **   pagerStress() is permitted, but syncing the journal file is not.
559 **   This flag is set by sqlite3PagerWrite() when the file-system sector-size
560 **   is larger than the database page-size in order to prevent a journal sync
561 **   from happening in between the journalling of two pages on the same sector.
562 **
563 ** subjInMemory
564 **
565 **   This is a boolean variable. If true, then any required sub-journal
566 **   is opened as an in-memory journal file. If false, then in-memory
567 **   sub-journals are only used for in-memory pager files.
568 **
569 **   This variable is updated by the upper layer each time a new
570 **   write-transaction is opened.
571 **
572 ** dbSize, dbOrigSize, dbFileSize
573 **
574 **   Variable dbSize is set to the number of pages in the database file.
575 **   It is valid in PAGER_READER and higher states (all states except for
576 **   OPEN and ERROR).
577 **
578 **   dbSize is set based on the size of the database file, which may be
579 **   larger than the size of the database (the value stored at offset
580 **   28 of the database header by the btree). If the size of the file
581 **   is not an integer multiple of the page-size, the value stored in
582 **   dbSize is rounded down (i.e. a 5KB file with 2K page-size has dbSize==2).
583 **   Except, any file that is greater than 0 bytes in size is considered
584 **   to have at least one page. (i.e. a 1KB file with 2K page-size leads
585 **   to dbSize==1).
586 **
587 **   During a write-transaction, if pages with page-numbers greater than
588 **   dbSize are modified in the cache, dbSize is updated accordingly.
589 **   Similarly, if the database is truncated using PagerTruncateImage(),
590 **   dbSize is updated.
591 **
592 **   Variables dbOrigSize and dbFileSize are valid in states
593 **   PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED and higher. dbOrigSize is a copy of the dbSize
594 **   variable at the start of the transaction. It is used during rollback,
595 **   and to determine whether or not pages need to be journalled before
596 **   being modified.
597 **
598 **   Throughout a write-transaction, dbFileSize contains the size of
599 **   the file on disk in pages. It is set to a copy of dbSize when the
600 **   write-transaction is first opened, and updated when VFS calls are made
601 **   to write or truncate the database file on disk.
602 **
603 **   The only reason the dbFileSize variable is required is to suppress
604 **   unnecessary calls to xTruncate() after committing a transaction. If,
605 **   when a transaction is committed, the dbFileSize variable indicates
606 **   that the database file is larger than the database image (Pager.dbSize),
607 **   pager_truncate() is called. The pager_truncate() call uses xFilesize()
608 **   to measure the database file on disk, and then truncates it if required.
609 **   dbFileSize is not used when rolling back a transaction. In this case
610 **   pager_truncate() is called unconditionally (which means there may be
611 **   a call to xFilesize() that is not strictly required). In either case,
612 **   pager_truncate() may cause the file to become smaller or larger.
613 **
614 ** dbHintSize
615 **
616 **   The dbHintSize variable is used to limit the number of calls made to
617 **   the VFS xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method.
618 **
619 **   dbHintSize is set to a copy of the dbSize variable when a
620 **   write-transaction is opened (at the same time as dbFileSize and
621 **   dbOrigSize). If the xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method is called,
622 **   dbHintSize is increased to the number of pages that correspond to the
623 **   size-hint passed to the method call. See pager_write_pagelist() for
624 **   details.
625 **
626 ** errCode
627 **
628 **   The Pager.errCode variable is only ever used in PAGER_ERROR state. It
629 **   is set to zero in all other states. In PAGER_ERROR state, Pager.errCode
630 **   is always set to SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the SQLITE_IOERR_XXX
631 **   sub-codes.
632 */
633 struct Pager {
634   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;          /* OS functions to use for IO */
635   u8 exclusiveMode;           /* Boolean. True if locking_mode==EXCLUSIVE */
636   u8 journalMode;             /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_* values */
637   u8 useJournal;              /* Use a rollback journal on this file */
638   u8 noSync;                  /* Do not sync the journal if true */
639   u8 fullSync;                /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */
640   u8 extraSync;               /* sync directory after journal delete */
641   u8 ckptSyncFlags;           /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for checkpoint */
642   u8 walSyncFlags;            /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for wal writes */
643   u8 syncFlags;               /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL otherwise */
644   u8 tempFile;                /* zFilename is a temporary or immutable file */
645   u8 noLock;                  /* Do not lock (except in WAL mode) */
646   u8 readOnly;                /* True for a read-only database */
647   u8 memDb;                   /* True to inhibit all file I/O */
648 
649   /**************************************************************************
650   ** The following block contains those class members that change during
651   ** routine operation.  Class members not in this block are either fixed
652   ** when the pager is first created or else only change when there is a
653   ** significant mode change (such as changing the page_size, locking_mode,
654   ** or the journal_mode).  From another view, these class members describe
655   ** the "state" of the pager, while other class members describe the
656   ** "configuration" of the pager.
657   */
658   u8 eState;                  /* Pager state (OPEN, READER, WRITER_LOCKED..) */
659   u8 eLock;                   /* Current lock held on database file */
660   u8 changeCountDone;         /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */
661   u8 setMaster;               /* True if a m-j name has been written to jrnl */
662   u8 doNotSpill;              /* Do not spill the cache when non-zero */
663   u8 subjInMemory;            /* True to use in-memory sub-journals */
664   u8 bUseFetch;               /* True to use xFetch() */
665   u8 hasHeldSharedLock;       /* True if a shared lock has ever been held */
666   Pgno dbSize;                /* Number of pages in the database */
667   Pgno dbOrigSize;            /* dbSize before the current transaction */
668   Pgno dbFileSize;            /* Number of pages in the database file */
669   Pgno dbHintSize;            /* Value passed to FCNTL_SIZE_HINT call */
670   int errCode;                /* One of several kinds of errors */
671   int nRec;                   /* Pages journalled since last j-header written */
672   u32 cksumInit;              /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */
673   u32 nSubRec;                /* Number of records written to sub-journal */
674   Bitvec *pInJournal;         /* One bit for each page in the database file */
675   sqlite3_file *fd;           /* File descriptor for database */
676   sqlite3_file *jfd;          /* File descriptor for main journal */
677   sqlite3_file *sjfd;         /* File descriptor for sub-journal */
678   i64 journalOff;             /* Current write offset in the journal file */
679   i64 journalHdr;             /* Byte offset to previous journal header */
680   sqlite3_backup *pBackup;    /* Pointer to list of ongoing backup processes */
681   PagerSavepoint *aSavepoint; /* Array of active savepoints */
682   int nSavepoint;             /* Number of elements in aSavepoint[] */
683   u32 iDataVersion;           /* Changes whenever database content changes */
684   char dbFileVers[16];        /* Changes whenever database file changes */
685 
686   int nMmapOut;               /* Number of mmap pages currently outstanding */
687   sqlite3_int64 szMmap;       /* Desired maximum mmap size */
688   PgHdr *pMmapFreelist;       /* List of free mmap page headers (pDirty) */
689   /*
690   ** End of the routinely-changing class members
691   ***************************************************************************/
692 
693   u16 nExtra;                 /* Add this many bytes to each in-memory page */
694   i16 nReserve;               /* Number of unused bytes at end of each page */
695   u32 vfsFlags;               /* Flags for sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
696   u32 sectorSize;             /* Assumed sector size during rollback */
697   int pageSize;               /* Number of bytes in a page */
698   Pgno mxPgno;                /* Maximum allowed size of the database */
699   i64 journalSizeLimit;       /* Size limit for persistent journal files */
700   char *zFilename;            /* Name of the database file */
701   char *zJournal;             /* Name of the journal file */
702   int (*xBusyHandler)(void*); /* Function to call when busy */
703   void *pBusyHandlerArg;      /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
704   int aStat[3];               /* Total cache hits, misses and writes */
705 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
706   int nRead;                  /* Database pages read */
707 #endif
708   void (*xReiniter)(DbPage*); /* Call this routine when reloading pages */
709 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
710   void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int); /* Routine for en/decoding data */
711   void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int); /* Notify of page size changes */
712   void (*xCodecFree)(void*);             /* Destructor for the codec */
713   void *pCodec;               /* First argument to xCodec... methods */
714 #endif
715   char *pTmpSpace;            /* Pager.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */
716   PCache *pPCache;            /* Pointer to page cache object */
717 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
718   Wal *pWal;                  /* Write-ahead log used by "journal_mode=wal" */
719   char *zWal;                 /* File name for write-ahead log */
720 #endif
721 };
722 
723 /*
724 ** Indexes for use with Pager.aStat[]. The Pager.aStat[] array contains
725 ** the values accessed by passing SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, CACHE_MISS
726 ** or CACHE_WRITE to sqlite3_db_status().
727 */
728 #define PAGER_STAT_HIT   0
729 #define PAGER_STAT_MISS  1
730 #define PAGER_STAT_WRITE 2
731 
732 /*
733 ** The following global variables hold counters used for
734 ** testing purposes only.  These variables do not exist in
735 ** a non-testing build.  These variables are not thread-safe.
736 */
737 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
738 int sqlite3_pager_readdb_count = 0;    /* Number of full pages read from DB */
739 int sqlite3_pager_writedb_count = 0;   /* Number of full pages written to DB */
740 int sqlite3_pager_writej_count = 0;    /* Number of pages written to journal */
741 # define PAGER_INCR(v)  v++
742 #else
743 # define PAGER_INCR(v)
744 #endif
745 
746 
747 
748 /*
749 ** Journal files begin with the following magic string.  The data
750 ** was obtained from /dev/random.  It is used only as a sanity check.
751 **
752 ** Since version 2.8.0, the journal format contains additional sanity
753 ** checking information.  If the power fails while the journal is being
754 ** written, semi-random garbage data might appear in the journal
755 ** file after power is restored.  If an attempt is then made
756 ** to roll the journal back, the database could be corrupted.  The additional
757 ** sanity checking data is an attempt to discover the garbage in the
758 ** journal and ignore it.
759 **
760 ** The sanity checking information for the new journal format consists
761 ** of a 32-bit checksum on each page of data.  The checksum covers both
762 ** the page number and the pPager->pageSize bytes of data for the page.
763 ** This cksum is initialized to a 32-bit random value that appears in the
764 ** journal file right after the header.  The random initializer is important,
765 ** because garbage data that appears at the end of a journal is likely
766 ** data that was once in other files that have now been deleted.  If the
767 ** garbage data came from an obsolete journal file, the checksums might
768 ** be correct.  But by initializing the checksum to random value which
769 ** is different for every journal, we minimize that risk.
770 */
771 static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = {
772   0xd9, 0xd5, 0x05, 0xf9, 0x20, 0xa1, 0x63, 0xd7,
773 };
774 
775 /*
776 ** The size of the of each page record in the journal is given by
777 ** the following macro.
778 */
779 #define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)  ((pPager->pageSize) + 8)
780 
781 /*
782 ** The journal header size for this pager. This is usually the same
783 ** size as a single disk sector. See also setSectorSize().
784 */
785 #define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize)
786 
787 /*
788 ** The macro MEMDB is true if we are dealing with an in-memory database.
789 ** We do this as a macro so that if the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB macro is set,
790 ** the value of MEMDB will be a constant and the compiler will optimize
791 ** out code that would never execute.
792 */
793 #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
794 # define MEMDB 0
795 #else
796 # define MEMDB pPager->memDb
797 #endif
798 
799 /*
800 ** The macro USEFETCH is true if we are allowed to use the xFetch and xUnfetch
801 ** interfaces to access the database using memory-mapped I/O.
802 */
803 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
804 # define USEFETCH(x) ((x)->bUseFetch)
805 #else
806 # define USEFETCH(x) 0
807 #endif
808 
809 /*
810 ** The maximum legal page number is (2^31 - 1).
811 */
812 #define PAGER_MAX_PGNO 2147483647
813 
814 /*
815 ** The argument to this macro is a file descriptor (type sqlite3_file*).
816 ** Return 0 if it is not open, or non-zero (but not 1) if it is.
817 **
818 ** This is so that expressions can be written as:
819 **
820 **   if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ ...
821 **
822 ** instead of
823 **
824 **   if( pPager->jfd->pMethods ){ ...
825 */
826 #define isOpen(pFd) ((pFd)->pMethods!=0)
827 
828 /*
829 ** Return true if this pager uses a write-ahead log instead of the usual
830 ** rollback journal. Otherwise false.
831 */
832 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
833 static int pagerUseWal(Pager *pPager){
834   return (pPager->pWal!=0);
835 }
836 #else
837 # define pagerUseWal(x) 0
838 # define pagerRollbackWal(x) 0
839 # define pagerWalFrames(v,w,x,y) 0
840 # define pagerOpenWalIfPresent(z) SQLITE_OK
841 # define pagerBeginReadTransaction(z) SQLITE_OK
842 #endif
843 
844 #ifndef NDEBUG
845 /*
846 ** Usage:
847 **
848 **   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
849 **
850 ** This function runs many asserts to try to find inconsistencies in
851 ** the internal state of the Pager object.
852 */
853 static int assert_pager_state(Pager *p){
854   Pager *pPager = p;
855 
856   /* State must be valid. */
857   assert( p->eState==PAGER_OPEN
858        || p->eState==PAGER_READER
859        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
860        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
861        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
862        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
863        || p->eState==PAGER_ERROR
864   );
865 
866   /* Regardless of the current state, a temp-file connection always behaves
867   ** as if it has an exclusive lock on the database file. It never updates
868   ** the change-counter field, so the changeCountDone flag is always set.
869   */
870   assert( p->tempFile==0 || p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
871   assert( p->tempFile==0 || pPager->changeCountDone );
872 
873   /* If the useJournal flag is clear, the journal-mode must be "OFF".
874   ** And if the journal-mode is "OFF", the journal file must not be open.
875   */
876   assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || p->useJournal );
877   assert( p->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || !isOpen(p->jfd) );
878 
879   /* Check that MEMDB implies noSync. And an in-memory journal. Since
880   ** this means an in-memory pager performs no IO at all, it cannot encounter
881   ** either SQLITE_IOERR or SQLITE_FULL during rollback or while finalizing
882   ** a journal file. (although the in-memory journal implementation may
883   ** return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM while the journal file is being written). It
884   ** is therefore not possible for an in-memory pager to enter the ERROR
885   ** state.
886   */
887   if( MEMDB ){
888     assert( p->noSync );
889     assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
890          || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
891     );
892     assert( p->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && p->eState!=PAGER_OPEN );
893     assert( pagerUseWal(p)==0 );
894   }
895 
896   /* If changeCountDone is set, a RESERVED lock or greater must be held
897   ** on the file.
898   */
899   assert( pPager->changeCountDone==0 || pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
900   assert( p->eLock!=PENDING_LOCK );
901 
902   switch( p->eState ){
903     case PAGER_OPEN:
904       assert( !MEMDB );
905       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
906       assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 || pPager->tempFile );
907       break;
908 
909     case PAGER_READER:
910       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
911       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
912       assert( p->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
913       break;
914 
915     case PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED:
916       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
917       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
918       if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
919         assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
920       }
921       assert( pPager->dbSize==pPager->dbOrigSize );
922       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
923       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
924       assert( pPager->setMaster==0 );
925       break;
926 
927     case PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD:
928       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
929       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
930       if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
931         /* It is possible that if journal_mode=wal here that neither the
932         ** journal file nor the WAL file are open. This happens during
933         ** a rollback transaction that switches from journal_mode=off
934         ** to journal_mode=wal.
935         */
936         assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
937         assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
938              || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
939              || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
940         );
941       }
942       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
943       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
944       break;
945 
946     case PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD:
947       assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
948       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
949       assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
950       assert( p->eLock>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
951       assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
952            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
953            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
954       );
955       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize<=pPager->dbHintSize );
956       break;
957 
958     case PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED:
959       assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
960       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
961       assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
962       assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
963            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
964            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
965       );
966       break;
967 
968     case PAGER_ERROR:
969       /* There must be at least one outstanding reference to the pager if
970       ** in ERROR state. Otherwise the pager should have already dropped
971       ** back to OPEN state.
972       */
973       assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK );
974       assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 );
975       break;
976   }
977 
978   return 1;
979 }
980 #endif /* ifndef NDEBUG */
981 
982 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
983 /*
984 ** Return a pointer to a human readable string in a static buffer
985 ** containing the state of the Pager object passed as an argument. This
986 ** is intended to be used within debuggers. For example, as an alternative
987 ** to "print *pPager" in gdb:
988 **
989 ** (gdb) printf "%s", print_pager_state(pPager)
990 */
991 static char *print_pager_state(Pager *p){
992   static char zRet[1024];
993 
994   sqlite3_snprintf(1024, zRet,
995       "Filename:      %s\n"
996       "State:         %s errCode=%d\n"
997       "Lock:          %s\n"
998       "Locking mode:  locking_mode=%s\n"
999       "Journal mode:  journal_mode=%s\n"
1000       "Backing store: tempFile=%d memDb=%d useJournal=%d\n"
1001       "Journal:       journalOff=%lld journalHdr=%lld\n"
1002       "Size:          dbsize=%d dbOrigSize=%d dbFileSize=%d\n"
1003       , p->zFilename
1004       , p->eState==PAGER_OPEN            ? "OPEN" :
1005         p->eState==PAGER_READER          ? "READER" :
1006         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED   ? "WRITER_LOCKED" :
1007         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ? "WRITER_CACHEMOD" :
1008         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD    ? "WRITER_DBMOD" :
1009         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ? "WRITER_FINISHED" :
1010         p->eState==PAGER_ERROR           ? "ERROR" : "?error?"
1011       , (int)p->errCode
1012       , p->eLock==NO_LOCK         ? "NO_LOCK" :
1013         p->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK   ? "RESERVED" :
1014         p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK  ? "EXCLUSIVE" :
1015         p->eLock==SHARED_LOCK     ? "SHARED" :
1016         p->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK    ? "UNKNOWN" : "?error?"
1017       , p->exclusiveMode ? "exclusive" : "normal"
1018       , p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY   ? "memory" :
1019         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF      ? "off" :
1020         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE   ? "delete" :
1021         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST  ? "persist" :
1022         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ? "truncate" :
1023         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL      ? "wal" : "?error?"
1024       , (int)p->tempFile, (int)p->memDb, (int)p->useJournal
1025       , p->journalOff, p->journalHdr
1026       , (int)p->dbSize, (int)p->dbOrigSize, (int)p->dbFileSize
1027   );
1028 
1029   return zRet;
1030 }
1031 #endif
1032 
1033 /*
1034 ** Return true if it is necessary to write page *pPg into the sub-journal.
1035 ** A page needs to be written into the sub-journal if there exists one
1036 ** or more open savepoints for which:
1037 **
1038 **   * The page-number is less than or equal to PagerSavepoint.nOrig, and
1039 **   * The bit corresponding to the page-number is not set in
1040 **     PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint.
1041 */
1042 static int subjRequiresPage(PgHdr *pPg){
1043   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
1044   PagerSavepoint *p;
1045   Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno;
1046   int i;
1047   for(i=0; i<pPager->nSavepoint; i++){
1048     p = &pPager->aSavepoint[i];
1049     if( p->nOrig>=pgno && 0==sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(p->pInSavepoint, pgno) ){
1050       return 1;
1051     }
1052   }
1053   return 0;
1054 }
1055 
1056 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
1057 /*
1058 ** Return true if the page is already in the journal file.
1059 */
1060 static int pageInJournal(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pPg){
1061   return sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
1062 }
1063 #endif
1064 
1065 /*
1066 ** Read a 32-bit integer from the given file descriptor.  Store the integer
1067 ** that is read in *pRes.  Return SQLITE_OK if everything worked, or an
1068 ** error code is something goes wrong.
1069 **
1070 ** All values are stored on disk as big-endian.
1071 */
1072 static int read32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 *pRes){
1073   unsigned char ac[4];
1074   int rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, ac, sizeof(ac), offset);
1075   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
1076     *pRes = sqlite3Get4byte(ac);
1077   }
1078   return rc;
1079 }
1080 
1081 /*
1082 ** Write a 32-bit integer into a string buffer in big-endian byte order.
1083 */
1084 #define put32bits(A,B)  sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)A,B)
1085 
1086 
1087 /*
1088 ** Write a 32-bit integer into the given file descriptor.  Return SQLITE_OK
1089 ** on success or an error code is something goes wrong.
1090 */
1091 static int write32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 val){
1092   char ac[4];
1093   put32bits(ac, val);
1094   return sqlite3OsWrite(fd, ac, 4, offset);
1095 }
1096 
1097 /*
1098 ** Unlock the database file to level eLock, which must be either NO_LOCK
1099 ** or SHARED_LOCK. Regardless of whether or not the call to xUnlock()
1100 ** succeeds, set the Pager.eLock variable to match the (attempted) new lock.
1101 **
1102 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
1103 ** called, do not modify it. See the comment above the #define of
1104 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of this.
1105 */
1106 static int pagerUnlockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
1107   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
1108 
1109   assert( !pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->eLock==eLock );
1110   assert( eLock==NO_LOCK || eLock==SHARED_LOCK );
1111   assert( eLock!=NO_LOCK || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
1112   if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
1113     assert( pPager->eLock>=eLock );
1114     rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsUnlock(pPager->fd, eLock);
1115     if( pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ){
1116       pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock;
1117     }
1118     IOTRACE(("UNLOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock))
1119   }
1120   return rc;
1121 }
1122 
1123 /*
1124 ** Lock the database file to level eLock, which must be either SHARED_LOCK,
1125 ** RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. If the caller is successful, set the
1126 ** Pager.eLock variable to the new locking state.
1127 **
1128 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
1129 ** called, do not modify it unless the new locking state is EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
1130 ** See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation
1131 ** of this.
1132 */
1133 static int pagerLockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
1134   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
1135 
1136   assert( eLock==SHARED_LOCK || eLock==RESERVED_LOCK || eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
1137   if( pPager->eLock<eLock || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ){
1138     rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, eLock);
1139     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK||eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) ){
1140       pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock;
1141       IOTRACE(("LOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock))
1142     }
1143   }
1144   return rc;
1145 }
1146 
1147 /*
1148 ** This function determines whether or not the atomic-write optimization
1149 ** can be used with this pager. The optimization can be used if:
1150 **
1151 **  (a) the value returned by OsDeviceCharacteristics() indicates that
1152 **      a database page may be written atomically, and
1153 **  (b) the value returned by OsSectorSize() is less than or equal
1154 **      to the page size.
1155 **
1156 ** The optimization is also always enabled for temporary files. It is
1157 ** an error to call this function if pPager is opened on an in-memory
1158 ** database.
1159 **
1160 ** If the optimization cannot be used, 0 is returned. If it can be used,
1161 ** then the value returned is the size of the journal file when it
1162 ** contains rollback data for exactly one page.
1163 */
1164 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
1165 static int jrnlBufferSize(Pager *pPager){
1166   assert( !MEMDB );
1167   if( !pPager->tempFile ){
1168     int dc;                           /* Device characteristics */
1169     int nSector;                      /* Sector size */
1170     int szPage;                       /* Page size */
1171 
1172     assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
1173     dc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
1174     nSector = pPager->sectorSize;
1175     szPage = pPager->pageSize;
1176 
1177     assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
1178     assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
1179     if( 0==(dc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(szPage>>8)) || nSector>szPage) ){
1180       return 0;
1181     }
1182   }
1183 
1184   return JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager);
1185 }
1186 #endif
1187 
1188 /*
1189 ** If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined then we do some sanity checking
1190 ** on the cache using a hash function.  This is used for testing
1191 ** and debugging only.
1192 */
1193 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
1194 /*
1195 ** Return a 32-bit hash of the page data for pPage.
1196 */
1197 static u32 pager_datahash(int nByte, unsigned char *pData){
1198   u32 hash = 0;
1199   int i;
1200   for(i=0; i<nByte; i++){
1201     hash = (hash*1039) + pData[i];
1202   }
1203   return hash;
1204 }
1205 static u32 pager_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
1206   return pager_datahash(pPage->pPager->pageSize, (unsigned char *)pPage->pData);
1207 }
1208 static void pager_set_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
1209   pPage->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPage);
1210 }
1211 
1212 /*
1213 ** The CHECK_PAGE macro takes a PgHdr* as an argument. If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
1214 ** is defined, and NDEBUG is not defined, an assert() statement checks
1215 ** that the page is either dirty or still matches the calculated page-hash.
1216 */
1217 #define CHECK_PAGE(x) checkPage(x)
1218 static void checkPage(PgHdr *pPg){
1219   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
1220   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
1221   assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) || pPg->pageHash==pager_pagehash(pPg) );
1222 }
1223 
1224 #else
1225 #define pager_datahash(X,Y)  0
1226 #define pager_pagehash(X)  0
1227 #define pager_set_pagehash(X)
1228 #define CHECK_PAGE(x)
1229 #endif  /* SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES */
1230 
1231 /*
1232 ** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open.
1233 ** This function attempts to read a master journal file name from the
1234 ** end of the file and, if successful, copies it into memory supplied
1235 ** by the caller. See comments above writeMasterJournal() for the format
1236 ** used to store a master journal file name at the end of a journal file.
1237 **
1238 ** zMaster must point to a buffer of at least nMaster bytes allocated by
1239 ** the caller. This should be sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname+1 (to ensure there is
1240 ** enough space to write the master journal name). If the master journal
1241 ** name in the journal is longer than nMaster bytes (including a
1242 ** nul-terminator), then this is handled as if no master journal name
1243 ** were present in the journal.
1244 **
1245 ** If a master journal file name is present at the end of the journal
1246 ** file, then it is copied into the buffer pointed to by zMaster. A
1247 ** nul-terminator byte is appended to the buffer following the master
1248 ** journal file name.
1249 **
1250 ** If it is determined that no master journal file name is present
1251 ** zMaster[0] is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned.
1252 **
1253 ** If an error occurs while reading from the journal file, an SQLite
1254 ** error code is returned.
1255 */
1256 static int readMasterJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zMaster, u32 nMaster){
1257   int rc;                    /* Return code */
1258   u32 len;                   /* Length in bytes of master journal name */
1259   i64 szJ;                   /* Total size in bytes of journal file pJrnl */
1260   u32 cksum;                 /* MJ checksum value read from journal */
1261   u32 u;                     /* Unsigned loop counter */
1262   unsigned char aMagic[8];   /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
1263   zMaster[0] = '\0';
1264 
1265   if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ))
1266    || szJ<16
1267    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-16, &len))
1268    || len>=nMaster
1269    || len==0
1270    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-12, &cksum))
1271    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8, szJ-8))
1272    || memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8)
1273    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, zMaster, len, szJ-16-len))
1274   ){
1275     return rc;
1276   }
1277 
1278   /* See if the checksum matches the master journal name */
1279   for(u=0; u<len; u++){
1280     cksum -= zMaster[u];
1281   }
1282   if( cksum ){
1283     /* If the checksum doesn't add up, then one or more of the disk sectors
1284     ** containing the master journal filename is corrupted. This means
1285     ** definitely roll back, so just return SQLITE_OK and report a (nul)
1286     ** master-journal filename.
1287     */
1288     len = 0;
1289   }
1290   zMaster[len] = '\0';
1291 
1292   return SQLITE_OK;
1293 }
1294 
1295 /*
1296 ** Return the offset of the sector boundary at or immediately
1297 ** following the value in pPager->journalOff, assuming a sector
1298 ** size of pPager->sectorSize bytes.
1299 **
1300 ** i.e for a sector size of 512:
1301 **
1302 **   Pager.journalOff          Return value
1303 **   ---------------------------------------
1304 **   0                         0
1305 **   512                       512
1306 **   100                       512
1307 **   2000                      2048
1308 **
1309 */
1310 static i64 journalHdrOffset(Pager *pPager){
1311   i64 offset = 0;
1312   i64 c = pPager->journalOff;
1313   if( c ){
1314     offset = ((c-1)/JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + 1) * JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1315   }
1316   assert( offset%JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==0 );
1317   assert( offset>=c );
1318   assert( (offset-c)<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
1319   return offset;
1320 }
1321 
1322 /*
1323 ** The journal file must be open when this function is called.
1324 **
1325 ** This function is a no-op if the journal file has not been written to
1326 ** within the current transaction (i.e. if Pager.journalOff==0).
1327 **
1328 ** If doTruncate is non-zero or the Pager.journalSizeLimit variable is
1329 ** set to 0, then truncate the journal file to zero bytes in size. Otherwise,
1330 ** zero the 28-byte header at the start of the journal file. In either case,
1331 ** if the pager is not in no-sync mode, sync the journal file immediately
1332 ** after writing or truncating it.
1333 **
1334 ** If Pager.journalSizeLimit is set to a positive, non-zero value, and
1335 ** following the truncation or zeroing described above the size of the
1336 ** journal file in bytes is larger than this value, then truncate the
1337 ** journal file to Pager.journalSizeLimit bytes. The journal file does
1338 ** not need to be synced following this operation.
1339 **
1340 ** If an IO error occurs, abandon processing and return the IO error code.
1341 ** Otherwise, return SQLITE_OK.
1342 */
1343 static int zeroJournalHdr(Pager *pPager, int doTruncate){
1344   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                               /* Return code */
1345   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
1346   if( pPager->journalOff ){
1347     const i64 iLimit = pPager->journalSizeLimit;    /* Local cache of jsl */
1348 
1349     IOTRACE(("JZEROHDR %p\n", pPager))
1350     if( doTruncate || iLimit==0 ){
1351       rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
1352     }else{
1353       static const char zeroHdr[28] = {0};
1354       rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zeroHdr, sizeof(zeroHdr), 0);
1355     }
1356     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){
1357       rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY|pPager->syncFlags);
1358     }
1359 
1360     /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock
1361     ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for
1362     ** the persistent journal and the journal file currently consumes more
1363     ** space than that limit allows for, truncate it now. There is no need
1364     ** to sync the file following this operation.
1365     */
1366     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iLimit>0 ){
1367       i64 sz;
1368       rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &sz);
1369       if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sz>iLimit ){
1370         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, iLimit);
1371       }
1372     }
1373   }
1374   return rc;
1375 }
1376 
1377 /*
1378 ** The journal file must be open when this routine is called. A journal
1379 ** header (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is written into the journal file at the
1380 ** current location.
1381 **
1382 ** The format for the journal header is as follows:
1383 ** - 8 bytes: Magic identifying journal format.
1384 ** - 4 bytes: Number of records in journal, or -1 no-sync mode is on.
1385 ** - 4 bytes: Random number used for page hash.
1386 ** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count.
1387 ** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal.
1388 ** - 4 bytes: Database page size.
1389 **
1390 ** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes of unused space.
1391 */
1392 static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){
1393   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                 /* Return code */
1394   char *zHeader = pPager->pTmpSpace;  /* Temporary space used to build header */
1395   u32 nHeader = (u32)pPager->pageSize;/* Size of buffer pointed to by zHeader */
1396   u32 nWrite;                         /* Bytes of header sector written */
1397   int ii;                             /* Loop counter */
1398 
1399   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );      /* Journal file must be open. */
1400 
1401   if( nHeader>JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
1402     nHeader = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1403   }
1404 
1405   /* If there are active savepoints and any of them were created
1406   ** since the most recent journal header was written, update the
1407   ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset fields now.
1408   */
1409   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1410     if( pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset==0 ){
1411       pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset = pPager->journalOff;
1412     }
1413   }
1414 
1415   pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1416 
1417   /*
1418   ** Write the nRec Field - the number of page records that follow this
1419   ** journal header. Normally, zero is written to this value at this time.
1420   ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced,
1421   ** if in full-sync mode), the zero is overwritten with the true number
1422   ** of records (see syncJournal()).
1423   **
1424   ** A faster alternative is to write 0xFFFFFFFF to the nRec field. When
1425   ** reading the journal this value tells SQLite to assume that the
1426   ** rest of the journal file contains valid page records. This assumption
1427   ** is dangerous, as if a failure occurred whilst writing to the journal
1428   ** file it may contain some garbage data. There are two scenarios
1429   ** where this risk can be ignored:
1430   **
1431   **   * When the pager is in no-sync mode. Corruption can follow a
1432   **     power failure in this case anyway.
1433   **
1434   **   * When the SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND flag is set. This guarantees
1435   **     that garbage data is never appended to the journal file.
1436   */
1437   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->noSync );
1438   if( pPager->noSync || (pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY)
1439    || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND)
1440   ){
1441     memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
1442     put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0xffffffff);
1443   }else{
1444     memset(zHeader, 0, sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4);
1445   }
1446 
1447   /* The random check-hash initializer */
1448   sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit);
1449   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4], pPager->cksumInit);
1450   /* The initial database size */
1451   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+8], pPager->dbOrigSize);
1452   /* The assumed sector size for this process */
1453   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+12], pPager->sectorSize);
1454 
1455   /* The page size */
1456   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+16], pPager->pageSize);
1457 
1458   /* Initializing the tail of the buffer is not necessary.  Everything
1459   ** works find if the following memset() is omitted.  But initializing
1460   ** the memory prevents valgrind from complaining, so we are willing to
1461   ** take the performance hit.
1462   */
1463   memset(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20], 0,
1464          nHeader-(sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20));
1465 
1466   /* In theory, it is only necessary to write the 28 bytes that the
1467   ** journal header consumes to the journal file here. Then increment the
1468   ** Pager.journalOff variable by JOURNAL_HDR_SZ so that the next
1469   ** record is written to the following sector (leaving a gap in the file
1470   ** that will be implicitly filled in by the OS).
1471   **
1472   ** However it has been discovered that on some systems this pattern can
1473   ** be significantly slower than contiguously writing data to the file,
1474   ** even if that means explicitly writing data to the block of
1475   ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes that will not be used. So that is what
1476   ** is done.
1477   **
1478   ** The loop is required here in case the sector-size is larger than the
1479   ** database page size. Since the zHeader buffer is only Pager.pageSize
1480   ** bytes in size, more than one call to sqlite3OsWrite() may be required
1481   ** to populate the entire journal header sector.
1482   */
1483   for(nWrite=0; rc==SQLITE_OK&&nWrite<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); nWrite+=nHeader){
1484     IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr, nHeader))
1485     rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zHeader, nHeader, pPager->journalOff);
1486     assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );
1487     pPager->journalOff += nHeader;
1488   }
1489 
1490   return rc;
1491 }
1492 
1493 /*
1494 ** The journal file must be open when this is called. A journal header file
1495 ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is read from the current location in the journal
1496 ** file. The current location in the journal file is given by
1497 ** pPager->journalOff. See comments above function writeJournalHdr() for
1498 ** a description of the journal header format.
1499 **
1500 ** If the header is read successfully, *pNRec is set to the number of
1501 ** page records following this header and *pDbSize is set to the size of the
1502 ** database before the transaction began, in pages. Also, pPager->cksumInit
1503 ** is set to the value read from the journal header. SQLITE_OK is returned
1504 ** in this case.
1505 **
1506 ** If the journal header file appears to be corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is
1507 ** returned and *pNRec and *PDbSize are undefined.  If JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes
1508 ** cannot be read from the journal file an error code is returned.
1509 */
1510 static int readJournalHdr(
1511   Pager *pPager,               /* Pager object */
1512   int isHot,
1513   i64 journalSize,             /* Size of the open journal file in bytes */
1514   u32 *pNRec,                  /* OUT: Value read from the nRec field */
1515   u32 *pDbSize                 /* OUT: Value of original database size field */
1516 ){
1517   int rc;                      /* Return code */
1518   unsigned char aMagic[8];     /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
1519   i64 iHdrOff;                 /* Offset of journal header being read */
1520 
1521   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );      /* Journal file must be open. */
1522 
1523   /* Advance Pager.journalOff to the start of the next sector. If the
1524   ** journal file is too small for there to be a header stored at this
1525   ** point, return SQLITE_DONE.
1526   */
1527   pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1528   if( pPager->journalOff+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) > journalSize ){
1529     return SQLITE_DONE;
1530   }
1531   iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
1532 
1533   /* Read in the first 8 bytes of the journal header. If they do not match
1534   ** the  magic string found at the start of each journal header, return
1535   ** SQLITE_DONE. If an IO error occurs, return an error code. Otherwise,
1536   ** proceed.
1537   */
1538   if( isHot || iHdrOff!=pPager->journalHdr ){
1539     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, sizeof(aMagic), iHdrOff);
1540     if( rc ){
1541       return rc;
1542     }
1543     if( memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aMagic))!=0 ){
1544       return SQLITE_DONE;
1545     }
1546   }
1547 
1548   /* Read the first three 32-bit fields of the journal header: The nRec
1549   ** field, the checksum-initializer and the database size at the start
1550   ** of the transaction. Return an error code if anything goes wrong.
1551   */
1552   if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+8, pNRec))
1553    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+12, &pPager->cksumInit))
1554    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+16, pDbSize))
1555   ){
1556     return rc;
1557   }
1558 
1559   if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
1560     u32 iPageSize;               /* Page-size field of journal header */
1561     u32 iSectorSize;             /* Sector-size field of journal header */
1562 
1563     /* Read the page-size and sector-size journal header fields. */
1564     if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+20, &iSectorSize))
1565      || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+24, &iPageSize))
1566     ){
1567       return rc;
1568     }
1569 
1570     /* Versions of SQLite prior to 3.5.8 set the page-size field of the
1571     ** journal header to zero. In this case, assume that the Pager.pageSize
1572     ** variable is already set to the correct page size.
1573     */
1574     if( iPageSize==0 ){
1575       iPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
1576     }
1577 
1578     /* Check that the values read from the page-size and sector-size fields
1579     ** are within range. To be 'in range', both values need to be a power
1580     ** of two greater than or equal to 512 or 32, and not greater than their
1581     ** respective compile time maximum limits.
1582     */
1583     if( iPageSize<512                  || iSectorSize<32
1584      || iPageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE || iSectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE
1585      || ((iPageSize-1)&iPageSize)!=0   || ((iSectorSize-1)&iSectorSize)!=0
1586     ){
1587       /* If the either the page-size or sector-size in the journal-header is
1588       ** invalid, then the process that wrote the journal-header must have
1589       ** crashed before the header was synced. In this case stop reading
1590       ** the journal file here.
1591       */
1592       return SQLITE_DONE;
1593     }
1594 
1595     /* Update the page-size to match the value read from the journal.
1596     ** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within
1597     ** PagerSetPagesize() is tested.
1598     */
1599     rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &iPageSize, -1);
1600     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
1601 
1602     /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by
1603     ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was
1604     ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine
1605     ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value
1606     ** of Pager.sectorSize is restored at the end of that routine.
1607     */
1608     pPager->sectorSize = iSectorSize;
1609   }
1610 
1611   pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1612   return rc;
1613 }
1614 
1615 
1616 /*
1617 ** Write the supplied master journal name into the journal file for pager
1618 ** pPager at the current location. The master journal name must be the last
1619 ** thing written to a journal file. If the pager is in full-sync mode, the
1620 ** journal file descriptor is advanced to the next sector boundary before
1621 ** anything is written. The format is:
1622 **
1623 **   + 4 bytes: PAGER_MJ_PGNO.
1624 **   + N bytes: Master journal filename in utf-8.
1625 **   + 4 bytes: N (length of master journal name in bytes, no nul-terminator).
1626 **   + 4 bytes: Master journal name checksum.
1627 **   + 8 bytes: aJournalMagic[].
1628 **
1629 ** The master journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in the master
1630 ** journal name, where each byte is interpreted as a signed 8-bit integer.
1631 **
1632 ** If zMaster is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction),
1633 ** this call is a no-op.
1634 */
1635 static int writeMasterJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
1636   int rc;                          /* Return code */
1637   int nMaster;                     /* Length of string zMaster */
1638   i64 iHdrOff;                     /* Offset of header in journal file */
1639   i64 jrnlSize;                    /* Size of journal file on disk */
1640   u32 cksum = 0;                   /* Checksum of string zMaster */
1641 
1642   assert( pPager->setMaster==0 );
1643   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
1644 
1645   if( !zMaster
1646    || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
1647    || !isOpen(pPager->jfd)
1648   ){
1649     return SQLITE_OK;
1650   }
1651   pPager->setMaster = 1;
1652   assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );
1653 
1654   /* Calculate the length in bytes and the checksum of zMaster */
1655   for(nMaster=0; zMaster[nMaster]; nMaster++){
1656     cksum += zMaster[nMaster];
1657   }
1658 
1659   /* If in full-sync mode, advance to the next disk sector before writing
1660   ** the master journal name. This is in case the previous page written to
1661   ** the journal has already been synced.
1662   */
1663   if( pPager->fullSync ){
1664     pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1665   }
1666   iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
1667 
1668   /* Write the master journal data to the end of the journal file. If
1669   ** an error occurs, return the error code to the caller.
1670   */
1671   if( (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff, PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager))))
1672    || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zMaster, nMaster, iHdrOff+4)))
1673    || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster, nMaster)))
1674    || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+4, cksum)))
1675    || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, aJournalMagic, 8,
1676                                  iHdrOff+4+nMaster+8)))
1677   ){
1678     return rc;
1679   }
1680   pPager->journalOff += (nMaster+20);
1681 
1682   /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical
1683   ** journal-file may extend past the end of the master-journal name
1684   ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is
1685   ** dangerous because the code to rollback a hot-journal file
1686   ** will not be able to find the master-journal name to determine
1687   ** whether or not the journal is hot.
1688   **
1689   ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal
1690   ** file to the required size.
1691   */
1692   if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &jrnlSize))
1693    && jrnlSize>pPager->journalOff
1694   ){
1695     rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff);
1696   }
1697   return rc;
1698 }
1699 
1700 /*
1701 ** Discard the entire contents of the in-memory page-cache.
1702 */
1703 static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){
1704   pPager->iDataVersion++;
1705   sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
1706   sqlite3PcacheClear(pPager->pPCache);
1707 }
1708 
1709 /*
1710 ** Return the pPager->iDataVersion value
1711 */
1712 u32 sqlite3PagerDataVersion(Pager *pPager){
1713   assert( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN );
1714   return pPager->iDataVersion;
1715 }
1716 
1717 /*
1718 ** Free all structures in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array and set both
1719 ** Pager.aSavepoint and Pager.nSavepoint to zero. Close the sub-journal
1720 ** if it is open and the pager is not in exclusive mode.
1721 */
1722 static void releaseAllSavepoints(Pager *pPager){
1723   int ii;               /* Iterator for looping through Pager.aSavepoint */
1724   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1725     sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
1726   }
1727   if( !pPager->exclusiveMode || sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->sjfd) ){
1728     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->sjfd);
1729   }
1730   sqlite3_free(pPager->aSavepoint);
1731   pPager->aSavepoint = 0;
1732   pPager->nSavepoint = 0;
1733   pPager->nSubRec = 0;
1734 }
1735 
1736 /*
1737 ** Set the bit number pgno in the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint
1738 ** bitvecs of all open savepoints. Return SQLITE_OK if successful
1739 ** or SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc failure occurs.
1740 */
1741 static int addToSavepointBitvecs(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
1742   int ii;                   /* Loop counter */
1743   int rc = SQLITE_OK;       /* Result code */
1744 
1745   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1746     PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[ii];
1747     if( pgno<=p->nOrig ){
1748       rc |= sqlite3BitvecSet(p->pInSavepoint, pgno);
1749       testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
1750       assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
1751     }
1752   }
1753   return rc;
1754 }
1755 
1756 /*
1757 ** This function is a no-op if the pager is in exclusive mode and not
1758 ** in the ERROR state. Otherwise, it switches the pager to PAGER_OPEN
1759 ** state.
1760 **
1761 ** If the pager is not in exclusive-access mode, the database file is
1762 ** completely unlocked. If the file is unlocked and the file-system does
1763 ** not exhibit the UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN property, the journal file is
1764 ** closed (if it is open).
1765 **
1766 ** If the pager is in ERROR state when this function is called, the
1767 ** contents of the pager cache are discarded before switching back to
1768 ** the OPEN state. Regardless of whether the pager is in exclusive-mode
1769 ** or not, any journal file left in the file-system will be treated
1770 ** as a hot-journal and rolled back the next time a read-transaction
1771 ** is opened (by this or by any other connection).
1772 */
1773 static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){
1774 
1775   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER
1776        || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN
1777        || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR
1778   );
1779 
1780   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
1781   pPager->pInJournal = 0;
1782   releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
1783 
1784   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
1785     assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
1786     sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal);
1787     pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1788   }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
1789     int rc;                       /* Error code returned by pagerUnlockDb() */
1790     int iDc = isOpen(pPager->fd)?sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd):0;
1791 
1792     /* If the operating system support deletion of open files, then
1793     ** close the journal file when dropping the database lock.  Otherwise
1794     ** another connection with journal_mode=delete might delete the file
1795     ** out from under us.
1796     */
1797     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY   & 5)!=1 );
1798     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF      & 5)!=1 );
1799     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL      & 5)!=1 );
1800     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE   & 5)!=1 );
1801     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 );
1802     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST  & 5)==1 );
1803     if( 0==(iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN)
1804      || 1!=(pPager->journalMode & 5)
1805     ){
1806       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
1807     }
1808 
1809     /* If the pager is in the ERROR state and the call to unlock the database
1810     ** file fails, set the current lock to UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment
1811     ** above the #define for UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of why this
1812     ** is necessary.
1813     */
1814     rc = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, NO_LOCK);
1815     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ){
1816       pPager->eLock = UNKNOWN_LOCK;
1817     }
1818 
1819     /* The pager state may be changed from PAGER_ERROR to PAGER_OPEN here
1820     ** without clearing the error code. This is intentional - the error
1821     ** code is cleared and the cache reset in the block below.
1822     */
1823     assert( pPager->errCode || pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
1824     pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
1825     pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1826   }
1827 
1828   /* If Pager.errCode is set, the contents of the pager cache cannot be
1829   ** trusted. Now that there are no outstanding references to the pager,
1830   ** it can safely move back to PAGER_OPEN state. This happens in both
1831   ** normal and exclusive-locking mode.
1832   */
1833   if( pPager->errCode ){
1834     assert( !MEMDB );
1835     pager_reset(pPager);
1836     pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
1837     pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1838     pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK;
1839     if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
1840   }
1841 
1842   pPager->journalOff = 0;
1843   pPager->journalHdr = 0;
1844   pPager->setMaster = 0;
1845 }
1846 
1847 /*
1848 ** This function is called whenever an IOERR or FULL error that requires
1849 ** the pager to transition into the ERROR state may ahve occurred.
1850 ** The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the second
1851 ** the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. The
1852 ** value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function.
1853 **
1854 ** If the second argument is SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the
1855 ** IOERR sub-codes, the pager enters the ERROR state and the error code
1856 ** is stored in Pager.errCode. While the pager remains in the ERROR state,
1857 ** all major API calls on the Pager will immediately return Pager.errCode.
1858 **
1859 ** The ERROR state indicates that the contents of the pager-cache
1860 ** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding
1861 ** the contents of the pager-cache. If a transaction was active when
1862 ** the persistent error occurred, then the rollback journal may need
1863 ** to be replayed to restore the contents of the database file (as if
1864 ** it were a hot-journal).
1865 */
1866 static int pager_error(Pager *pPager, int rc){
1867   int rc2 = rc & 0xff;
1868   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB );
1869   assert(
1870        pPager->errCode==SQLITE_FULL ||
1871        pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ||
1872        (pPager->errCode & 0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR
1873   );
1874   if( rc2==SQLITE_FULL || rc2==SQLITE_IOERR ){
1875     pPager->errCode = rc;
1876     pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
1877   }
1878   return rc;
1879 }
1880 
1881 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage);
1882 
1883 /*
1884 ** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by
1885 ** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called
1886 ** after rollback of a hot-journal, or if an error occurs while opening
1887 ** the journal file or writing the very first journal-header of a
1888 ** database transaction.
1889 **
1890 ** This routine is never called in PAGER_ERROR state. If it is called
1891 ** in PAGER_NONE or PAGER_SHARED state and the lock held is less
1892 ** exclusive than a RESERVED lock, it is a no-op.
1893 **
1894 ** Otherwise, any active savepoints are released.
1895 **
1896 ** If the journal file is open, then it is "finalized". Once a journal
1897 ** file has been finalized it is not possible to use it to roll back a
1898 ** transaction. Nor will it be considered to be a hot-journal by this
1899 ** or any other database connection. Exactly how a journal is finalized
1900 ** depends on whether or not the pager is running in exclusive mode and
1901 ** the current journal-mode (Pager.journalMode value), as follows:
1902 **
1903 **   journalMode==MEMORY
1904 **     Journal file descriptor is simply closed. This destroys an
1905 **     in-memory journal.
1906 **
1907 **   journalMode==TRUNCATE
1908 **     Journal file is truncated to zero bytes in size.
1909 **
1910 **   journalMode==PERSIST
1911 **     The first 28 bytes of the journal file are zeroed. This invalidates
1912 **     the first journal header in the file, and hence the entire journal
1913 **     file. An invalid journal file cannot be rolled back.
1914 **
1915 **   journalMode==DELETE
1916 **     The journal file is closed and deleted using sqlite3OsDelete().
1917 **
1918 **     If the pager is running in exclusive mode, this method of finalizing
1919 **     the journal file is never used. Instead, if the journalMode is
1920 **     DELETE and the pager is in exclusive mode, the method described under
1921 **     journalMode==PERSIST is used instead.
1922 **
1923 ** After the journal is finalized, the pager moves to PAGER_READER state.
1924 ** If running in non-exclusive rollback mode, the lock on the file is
1925 ** downgraded to a SHARED_LOCK.
1926 **
1927 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs. If an error occurs during
1928 ** any of the IO operations to finalize the journal file or unlock the
1929 ** database then the IO error code is returned to the user. If the
1930 ** operation to finalize the journal file fails, then the code still
1931 ** tries to unlock the database file if not in exclusive mode. If the
1932 ** unlock operation fails as well, then the first error code related
1933 ** to the first error encountered (the journal finalization one) is
1934 ** returned.
1935 */
1936 static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster, int bCommit){
1937   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Error code from journal finalization operation */
1938   int rc2 = SQLITE_OK;     /* Error code from db file unlock operation */
1939 
1940   /* Do nothing if the pager does not have an open write transaction
1941   ** or at least a RESERVED lock. This function may be called when there
1942   ** is no write-transaction active but a RESERVED or greater lock is
1943   ** held under two circumstances:
1944   **
1945   **   1. After a successful hot-journal rollback, it is called with
1946   **      eState==PAGER_NONE and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
1947   **
1948   **   2. If a connection with locking_mode=exclusive holding an EXCLUSIVE
1949   **      lock switches back to locking_mode=normal and then executes a
1950   **      read-transaction, this function is called with eState==PAGER_READER
1951   **      and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK when the read-transaction is closed.
1952   */
1953   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
1954   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
1955   if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED && pPager->eLock<RESERVED_LOCK ){
1956     return SQLITE_OK;
1957   }
1958 
1959   releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
1960   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->pInJournal==0 );
1961   if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
1962     assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
1963 
1964     /* Finalize the journal file. */
1965     if( sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->jfd) ){
1966       assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY );
1967       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
1968     }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ){
1969       if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
1970         rc = SQLITE_OK;
1971       }else{
1972         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
1973         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->fullSync ){
1974           /* Make sure the new file size is written into the inode right away.
1975           ** Otherwise the journal might resurrect following a power loss and
1976           ** cause the last transaction to roll back.  See
1977           ** https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=1072773
1978           */
1979           rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags);
1980         }
1981       }
1982       pPager->journalOff = 0;
1983     }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
1984       || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL)
1985     ){
1986       rc = zeroJournalHdr(pPager, hasMaster);
1987       pPager->journalOff = 0;
1988     }else{
1989       /* This branch may be executed with Pager.journalMode==MEMORY if
1990       ** a hot-journal was just rolled back. In this case the journal
1991       ** file should be closed and deleted. If this connection writes to
1992       ** the database file, it will do so using an in-memory journal.
1993       */
1994       int bDelete = (!pPager->tempFile && sqlite3JournalExists(pPager->jfd));
1995       assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
1996            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
1997            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
1998       );
1999       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
2000       if( bDelete ){
2001         rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->extraSync);
2002       }
2003     }
2004   }
2005 
2006 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
2007   sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, pager_set_pagehash);
2008   if( pPager->dbSize==0 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ){
2009     PgHdr *p = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, 1);
2010     if( p ){
2011       p->pageHash = 0;
2012       sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(p);
2013     }
2014   }
2015 #endif
2016 
2017   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
2018   pPager->pInJournal = 0;
2019   pPager->nRec = 0;
2020   sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
2021   sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pPager->pPCache, pPager->dbSize);
2022 
2023   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
2024     /* Drop the WAL write-lock, if any. Also, if the connection was in
2025     ** locking_mode=exclusive mode but is no longer, drop the EXCLUSIVE
2026     ** lock held on the database file.
2027     */
2028     rc2 = sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
2029     assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK );
2030   }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && pPager->dbFileSize>pPager->dbSize ){
2031     /* This branch is taken when committing a transaction in rollback-journal
2032     ** mode if the database file on disk is larger than the database image.
2033     ** At this point the journal has been finalized and the transaction
2034     ** successfully committed, but the EXCLUSIVE lock is still held on the
2035     ** file. So it is safe to truncate the database file to its minimum
2036     ** required size.  */
2037     assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
2038     rc = pager_truncate(pPager, pPager->dbSize);
2039   }
2040 
2041   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
2042     rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO, 0);
2043     if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
2044   }
2045 
2046   if( !pPager->exclusiveMode
2047    && (!pagerUseWal(pPager) || sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 0))
2048   ){
2049     rc2 = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
2050     pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
2051   }
2052   pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
2053   pPager->setMaster = 0;
2054 
2055   return (rc==SQLITE_OK?rc2:rc);
2056 }
2057 
2058 /*
2059 ** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the
2060 ** database file.
2061 **
2062 ** If the pager has already entered the ERROR state, do not attempt
2063 ** the rollback at this time. Instead, pager_unlock() is called. The
2064 ** call to pager_unlock() will discard all in-memory pages, unlock
2065 ** the database file and move the pager back to OPEN state. If this
2066 ** means that there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next
2067 ** connection to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one)
2068 ** will roll it back.
2069 **
2070 ** If the pager has not already entered the ERROR state, but an IO or
2071 ** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause
2072 ** the pager to enter the ERROR state. Which will be cleared by the
2073 ** call to pager_unlock(), as described above.
2074 */
2075 static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *pPager){
2076   if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ){
2077     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
2078     if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
2079       sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
2080       sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager);
2081       sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
2082     }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
2083       assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
2084       pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0);
2085     }
2086   }
2087   pager_unlock(pPager);
2088 }
2089 
2090 /*
2091 ** Parameter aData must point to a buffer of pPager->pageSize bytes
2092 ** of data. Compute and return a checksum based ont the contents of the
2093 ** page of data and the current value of pPager->cksumInit.
2094 **
2095 ** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the
2096 ** random initial value (pPager->cksumInit) and every 200th byte
2097 ** of the page data, starting with byte offset (pPager->pageSize%200).
2098 ** Each byte is interpreted as an 8-bit unsigned integer.
2099 **
2100 ** Changing the formula used to compute this checksum results in an
2101 ** incompatible journal file format.
2102 **
2103 ** If journal corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely
2104 ** scenario is that one end or the other of the record will be changed.
2105 ** It is much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be
2106 ** correct and the middle be corrupt.  Thus, this "checksum" scheme,
2107 ** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption.
2108 */
2109 static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, const u8 *aData){
2110   u32 cksum = pPager->cksumInit;         /* Checksum value to return */
2111   int i = pPager->pageSize-200;          /* Loop counter */
2112   while( i>0 ){
2113     cksum += aData[i];
2114     i -= 200;
2115   }
2116   return cksum;
2117 }
2118 
2119 /*
2120 ** Report the current page size and number of reserved bytes back
2121 ** to the codec.
2122 */
2123 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2124 static void pagerReportSize(Pager *pPager){
2125   if( pPager->xCodecSizeChng ){
2126     pPager->xCodecSizeChng(pPager->pCodec, pPager->pageSize,
2127                            (int)pPager->nReserve);
2128   }
2129 }
2130 #else
2131 # define pagerReportSize(X)     /* No-op if we do not support a codec */
2132 #endif
2133 
2134 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2135 /*
2136 ** Make sure the number of reserved bits is the same in the destination
2137 ** pager as it is in the source.  This comes up when a VACUUM changes the
2138 ** number of reserved bits to the "optimal" amount.
2139 */
2140 void sqlite3PagerAlignReserve(Pager *pDest, Pager *pSrc){
2141   if( pDest->nReserve!=pSrc->nReserve ){
2142     pDest->nReserve = pSrc->nReserve;
2143     pagerReportSize(pDest);
2144   }
2145 }
2146 #endif
2147 
2148 /*
2149 ** Read a single page from either the journal file (if isMainJrnl==1) or
2150 ** from the sub-journal (if isMainJrnl==0) and playback that page.
2151 ** The page begins at offset *pOffset into the file. The *pOffset
2152 ** value is increased to the start of the next page in the journal.
2153 **
2154 ** The main rollback journal uses checksums - the statement journal does
2155 ** not.
2156 **
2157 ** If the page number of the page record read from the (sub-)journal file
2158 ** is greater than the current value of Pager.dbSize, then playback is
2159 ** skipped and SQLITE_OK is returned.
2160 **
2161 ** If pDone is not NULL, then it is a record of pages that have already
2162 ** been played back.  If the page at *pOffset has already been played back
2163 ** (if the corresponding pDone bit is set) then skip the playback.
2164 ** Make sure the pDone bit corresponding to the *pOffset page is set
2165 ** prior to returning.
2166 **
2167 ** If the page record is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file
2168 ** and played back, then SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error occurs
2169 ** while reading the record from the (sub-)journal file or while writing
2170 ** to the database file, then the IO error code is returned. If data
2171 ** is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file but appears to be
2172 ** corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is returned. Data is considered corrupted in
2173 ** two circumstances:
2174 **
2175 **   * If the record page-number is illegal (0 or PAGER_MJ_PGNO), or
2176 **   * If the record is being rolled back from the main journal file
2177 **     and the checksum field does not match the record content.
2178 **
2179 ** Neither of these two scenarios are possible during a savepoint rollback.
2180 **
2181 ** If this is a savepoint rollback, then memory may have to be dynamically
2182 ** allocated by this function. If this is the case and an allocation fails,
2183 ** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned.
2184 */
2185 static int pager_playback_one_page(
2186   Pager *pPager,                /* The pager being played back */
2187   i64 *pOffset,                 /* Offset of record to playback */
2188   Bitvec *pDone,                /* Bitvec of pages already played back */
2189   int isMainJrnl,               /* 1 -> main journal. 0 -> sub-journal. */
2190   int isSavepnt                 /* True for a savepoint rollback */
2191 ){
2192   int rc;
2193   PgHdr *pPg;                   /* An existing page in the cache */
2194   Pgno pgno;                    /* The page number of a page in journal */
2195   u32 cksum;                    /* Checksum used for sanity checking */
2196   char *aData;                  /* Temporary storage for the page */
2197   sqlite3_file *jfd;            /* The file descriptor for the journal file */
2198   int isSynced;                 /* True if journal page is synced */
2199 
2200   assert( (isMainJrnl&~1)==0 );      /* isMainJrnl is 0 or 1 */
2201   assert( (isSavepnt&~1)==0 );       /* isSavepnt is 0 or 1 */
2202   assert( isMainJrnl || pDone );     /* pDone always used on sub-journals */
2203   assert( isSavepnt || pDone==0 );   /* pDone never used on non-savepoint */
2204 
2205   aData = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2206   assert( aData );         /* Temp storage must have already been allocated */
2207   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || (!isMainJrnl && isSavepnt) );
2208 
2209   /* Either the state is greater than PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD (a transaction
2210   ** or savepoint rollback done at the request of the caller) or this is
2211   ** a hot-journal rollback. If it is a hot-journal rollback, the pager
2212   ** is in state OPEN and holds an EXCLUSIVE lock. Hot-journal rollback
2213   ** only reads from the main journal, not the sub-journal.
2214   */
2215   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
2216        || (pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
2217   );
2218   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD || isMainJrnl );
2219 
2220   /* Read the page number and page data from the journal or sub-journal
2221   ** file. Return an error code to the caller if an IO error occurs.
2222   */
2223   jfd = isMainJrnl ? pPager->jfd : pPager->sjfd;
2224   rc = read32bits(jfd, *pOffset, &pgno);
2225   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2226   rc = sqlite3OsRead(jfd, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize, (*pOffset)+4);
2227   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2228   *pOffset += pPager->pageSize + 4 + isMainJrnl*4;
2229 
2230   /* Sanity checking on the page.  This is more important that I originally
2231   ** thought.  If a power failure occurs while the journal is being written,
2232   ** it could cause invalid data to be written into the journal.  We need to
2233   ** detect this invalid data (with high probability) and ignore it.
2234   */
2235   if( pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
2236     assert( !isSavepnt );
2237     return SQLITE_DONE;
2238   }
2239   if( pgno>(Pgno)pPager->dbSize || sqlite3BitvecTest(pDone, pgno) ){
2240     return SQLITE_OK;
2241   }
2242   if( isMainJrnl ){
2243     rc = read32bits(jfd, (*pOffset)-4, &cksum);
2244     if( rc ) return rc;
2245     if( !isSavepnt && pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)aData)!=cksum ){
2246       return SQLITE_DONE;
2247     }
2248   }
2249 
2250   /* If this page has already been played back before during the current
2251   ** rollback, then don't bother to play it back again.
2252   */
2253   if( pDone && (rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pDone, pgno))!=SQLITE_OK ){
2254     return rc;
2255   }
2256 
2257   /* When playing back page 1, restore the nReserve setting
2258   */
2259   if( pgno==1 && pPager->nReserve!=((u8*)aData)[20] ){
2260     pPager->nReserve = ((u8*)aData)[20];
2261     pagerReportSize(pPager);
2262   }
2263 
2264   /* If the pager is in CACHEMOD state, then there must be a copy of this
2265   ** page in the pager cache. In this case just update the pager cache,
2266   ** not the database file. The page is left marked dirty in this case.
2267   **
2268   ** An exception to the above rule: If the database is in no-sync mode
2269   ** and a page is moved during an incremental vacuum then the page may
2270   ** not be in the pager cache. Later: if a malloc() or IO error occurs
2271   ** during a Movepage() call, then the page may not be in the cache
2272   ** either. So the condition described in the above paragraph is not
2273   ** assert()able.
2274   **
2275   ** If in WRITER_DBMOD, WRITER_FINISHED or OPEN state, then we update the
2276   ** pager cache if it exists and the main file. The page is then marked
2277   ** not dirty. Since this code is only executed in PAGER_OPEN state for
2278   ** a hot-journal rollback, it is guaranteed that the page-cache is empty
2279   ** if the pager is in OPEN state.
2280   **
2281   ** Ticket #1171:  The statement journal might contain page content that is
2282   ** different from the page content at the start of the transaction.
2283   ** This occurs when a page is changed prior to the start of a statement
2284   ** then changed again within the statement.  When rolling back such a
2285   ** statement we must not write to the original database unless we know
2286   ** for certain that original page contents are synced into the main rollback
2287   ** journal.  Otherwise, a power loss might leave modified data in the
2288   ** database file without an entry in the rollback journal that can
2289   ** restore the database to its original form.  Two conditions must be
2290   ** met before writing to the database files. (1) the database must be
2291   ** locked.  (2) we know that the original page content is fully synced
2292   ** in the main journal either because the page is not in cache or else
2293   ** the page is marked as needSync==0.
2294   **
2295   ** 2008-04-14:  When attempting to vacuum a corrupt database file, it
2296   ** is possible to fail a statement on a database that does not yet exist.
2297   ** Do not attempt to write if database file has never been opened.
2298   */
2299   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
2300     pPg = 0;
2301   }else{
2302     pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
2303   }
2304   assert( pPg || !MEMDB );
2305   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN || pPg==0 );
2306   PAGERTRACE(("PLAYBACK %d page %d hash(%08x) %s\n",
2307            PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_datahash(pPager->pageSize, (u8*)aData),
2308            (isMainJrnl?"main-journal":"sub-journal")
2309   ));
2310   if( isMainJrnl ){
2311     isSynced = pPager->noSync || (*pOffset <= pPager->journalHdr);
2312   }else{
2313     isSynced = (pPg==0 || 0==(pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC));
2314   }
2315   if( isOpen(pPager->fd)
2316    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2317    && isSynced
2318   ){
2319     i64 ofst = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
2320     testcase( !isSavepnt && pPg!=0 && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0 );
2321     assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
2322     rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8 *)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst);
2323     if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
2324       pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
2325     }
2326     if( pPager->pBackup ){
2327       CODEC1(pPager, aData, pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT);
2328       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData);
2329       CODEC2(pPager, aData, pgno, 7, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, aData);
2330     }
2331   }else if( !isMainJrnl && pPg==0 ){
2332     /* If this is a rollback of a savepoint and data was not written to
2333     ** the database and the page is not in-memory, there is a potential
2334     ** problem. When the page is next fetched by the b-tree layer, it
2335     ** will be read from the database file, which may or may not be
2336     ** current.
2337     **
2338     ** There are a couple of different ways this can happen. All are quite
2339     ** obscure. When running in synchronous mode, this can only happen
2340     ** if the page is on the free-list at the start of the transaction, then
2341     ** populated, then moved using sqlite3PagerMovepage().
2342     **
2343     ** The solution is to add an in-memory page to the cache containing
2344     ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty
2345     ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as
2346     ** requiring a journal-sync before it is written.
2347     */
2348     assert( isSavepnt );
2349     assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)==0 );
2350     pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK;
2351     rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pgno, &pPg, 1);
2352     assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)!=0 );
2353     pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK;
2354     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2355     pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_READ;
2356     sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
2357   }
2358   if( pPg ){
2359     /* No page should ever be explicitly rolled back that is in use, except
2360     ** for page 1 which is held in use in order to keep the lock on the
2361     ** database active. However such a page may be rolled back as a result
2362     ** of an internal error resulting in an automatic call to
2363     ** sqlite3PagerRollback().
2364     */
2365     void *pData;
2366     pData = pPg->pData;
2367     memcpy(pData, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize);
2368     pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
2369     if( isMainJrnl && (!isSavepnt || *pOffset<=pPager->journalHdr) ){
2370       /* If the contents of this page were just restored from the main
2371       ** journal file, then its content must be as they were when the
2372       ** transaction was first opened. In this case we can mark the page
2373       ** as clean, since there will be no need to write it out to the
2374       ** database.
2375       **
2376       ** There is one exception to this rule. If the page is being rolled
2377       ** back as part of a savepoint (or statement) rollback from an
2378       ** unsynced portion of the main journal file, then it is not safe
2379       ** to mark the page as clean. This is because marking the page as
2380       ** clean will clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag. Since the page is
2381       ** already in the journal file (recorded in Pager.pInJournal) and
2382       ** the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is cleared, if the page is written to
2383       ** again within this transaction, it will be marked as dirty but
2384       ** the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag will not be set. It could then potentially
2385       ** be written out into the database file before its journal file
2386       ** segment is synced. If a crash occurs during or following this,
2387       ** database corruption may ensue.
2388       */
2389       assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
2390       sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg);
2391     }
2392     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
2393 
2394     /* If this was page 1, then restore the value of Pager.dbFileVers.
2395     ** Do this before any decoding. */
2396     if( pgno==1 ){
2397       memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &((u8*)pData)[24],sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
2398     }
2399 
2400     /* Decode the page just read from disk */
2401     CODEC1(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT);
2402     sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
2403   }
2404   return rc;
2405 }
2406 
2407 /*
2408 ** Parameter zMaster is the name of a master journal file. A single journal
2409 ** file that referred to the master journal file has just been rolled back.
2410 ** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the master journal file,
2411 ** and does so if it is.
2412 **
2413 ** Argument zMaster may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not
2414 ** available for use within this function.
2415 **
2416 ** When a master journal file is created, it is populated with the names
2417 ** of all of its child journals, one after another, formatted as utf-8
2418 ** encoded text. The end of each child journal file is marked with a
2419 ** nul-terminator byte (0x00). i.e. the entire contents of a master journal
2420 ** file for a transaction involving two databases might be:
2421 **
2422 **   "/home/bill/a.db-journal\x00/home/bill/b.db-journal\x00"
2423 **
2424 ** A master journal file may only be deleted once all of its child
2425 ** journals have been rolled back.
2426 **
2427 ** This function reads the contents of the master-journal file into
2428 ** memory and loops through each of the child journal names. For
2429 ** each child journal, it checks if:
2430 **
2431 **   * if the child journal exists, and if so
2432 **   * if the child journal contains a reference to master journal
2433 **     file zMaster
2434 **
2435 ** If a child journal can be found that matches both of the criteria
2436 ** above, this function returns without doing anything. Otherwise, if
2437 ** no such child journal can be found, file zMaster is deleted from
2438 ** the file-system using sqlite3OsDelete().
2439 **
2440 ** If an IO error within this function, an error code is returned. This
2441 ** function allocates memory by calling sqlite3Malloc(). If an allocation
2442 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, if no IO or malloc errors
2443 ** occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
2444 **
2445 ** TODO: This function allocates a single block of memory to load
2446 ** the entire contents of the master journal file. This could be
2447 ** a couple of kilobytes or so - potentially larger than the page
2448 ** size.
2449 */
2450 static int pager_delmaster(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
2451   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
2452   int rc;                   /* Return code */
2453   sqlite3_file *pMaster;    /* Malloc'd master-journal file descriptor */
2454   sqlite3_file *pJournal;   /* Malloc'd child-journal file descriptor */
2455   char *zMasterJournal = 0; /* Contents of master journal file */
2456   i64 nMasterJournal;       /* Size of master journal file */
2457   char *zJournal;           /* Pointer to one journal within MJ file */
2458   char *zMasterPtr;         /* Space to hold MJ filename from a journal file */
2459   int nMasterPtr;           /* Amount of space allocated to zMasterPtr[] */
2460 
2461   /* Allocate space for both the pJournal and pMaster file descriptors.
2462   ** If successful, open the master journal file for reading.
2463   */
2464   pMaster = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile * 2);
2465   pJournal = (sqlite3_file *)(((u8 *)pMaster) + pVfs->szOsFile);
2466   if( !pMaster ){
2467     rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
2468   }else{
2469     const int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL);
2470     rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zMaster, pMaster, flags, 0);
2471   }
2472   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
2473 
2474   /* Load the entire master journal file into space obtained from
2475   ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zMasterJournal.   Also obtain
2476   ** sufficient space (in zMasterPtr) to hold the names of master
2477   ** journal files extracted from regular rollback-journals.
2478   */
2479   rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pMaster, &nMasterJournal);
2480   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
2481   nMasterPtr = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
2482   zMasterJournal = sqlite3Malloc(nMasterJournal + nMasterPtr + 1);
2483   if( !zMasterJournal ){
2484     rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
2485     goto delmaster_out;
2486   }
2487   zMasterPtr = &zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal+1];
2488   rc = sqlite3OsRead(pMaster, zMasterJournal, (int)nMasterJournal, 0);
2489   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
2490   zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal] = 0;
2491 
2492   zJournal = zMasterJournal;
2493   while( (zJournal-zMasterJournal)<nMasterJournal ){
2494     int exists;
2495     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
2496     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2497       goto delmaster_out;
2498     }
2499     if( exists ){
2500       /* One of the journals pointed to by the master journal exists.
2501       ** Open it and check if it points at the master journal. If
2502       ** so, return without deleting the master journal file.
2503       */
2504       int c;
2505       int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL);
2506       rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zJournal, pJournal, flags, 0);
2507       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2508         goto delmaster_out;
2509       }
2510 
2511       rc = readMasterJournal(pJournal, zMasterPtr, nMasterPtr);
2512       sqlite3OsClose(pJournal);
2513       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2514         goto delmaster_out;
2515       }
2516 
2517       c = zMasterPtr[0]!=0 && strcmp(zMasterPtr, zMaster)==0;
2518       if( c ){
2519         /* We have a match. Do not delete the master journal file. */
2520         goto delmaster_out;
2521       }
2522     }
2523     zJournal += (sqlite3Strlen30(zJournal)+1);
2524   }
2525 
2526   sqlite3OsClose(pMaster);
2527   rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0);
2528 
2529 delmaster_out:
2530   sqlite3_free(zMasterJournal);
2531   if( pMaster ){
2532     sqlite3OsClose(pMaster);
2533     assert( !isOpen(pJournal) );
2534     sqlite3_free(pMaster);
2535   }
2536   return rc;
2537 }
2538 
2539 
2540 /*
2541 ** This function is used to change the actual size of the database
2542 ** file in the file-system. This only happens when committing a transaction,
2543 ** or rolling back a transaction (including rolling back a hot-journal).
2544 **
2545 ** If the main database file is not open, or the pager is not in either
2546 ** DBMOD or OPEN state, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, the size
2547 ** of the file is changed to nPage pages (nPage*pPager->pageSize bytes).
2548 ** If the file on disk is currently larger than nPage pages, then use the VFS
2549 ** xTruncate() method to truncate it.
2550 **
2551 ** Or, it might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than
2552 ** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if
2553 ** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it
2554 ** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to
2555 ** the end of the new file instead.
2556 **
2557 ** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. If an IO error occurs while modifying
2558 ** the database file, return the error code to the caller.
2559 */
2560 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
2561   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
2562   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
2563   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_READER );
2564 
2565   if( isOpen(pPager->fd)
2566    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2567   ){
2568     i64 currentSize, newSize;
2569     int szPage = pPager->pageSize;
2570     assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
2571     /* TODO: Is it safe to use Pager.dbFileSize here? */
2572     rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &currentSize);
2573     newSize = szPage*(i64)nPage;
2574     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && currentSize!=newSize ){
2575       if( currentSize>newSize ){
2576         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->fd, newSize);
2577       }else if( (currentSize+szPage)<=newSize ){
2578         char *pTmp = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2579         memset(pTmp, 0, szPage);
2580         testcase( (newSize-szPage) == currentSize );
2581         testcase( (newSize-szPage) >  currentSize );
2582         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pTmp, szPage, newSize-szPage);
2583       }
2584       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2585         pPager->dbFileSize = nPage;
2586       }
2587     }
2588   }
2589   return rc;
2590 }
2591 
2592 /*
2593 ** Return a sanitized version of the sector-size of OS file pFile. The
2594 ** return value is guaranteed to lie between 32 and MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
2595 */
2596 int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *pFile){
2597   int iRet = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pFile);
2598   if( iRet<32 ){
2599     iRet = 512;
2600   }else if( iRet>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE ){
2601     assert( MAX_SECTOR_SIZE>=512 );
2602     iRet = MAX_SECTOR_SIZE;
2603   }
2604   return iRet;
2605 }
2606 
2607 /*
2608 ** Set the value of the Pager.sectorSize variable for the given
2609 ** pager based on the value returned by the xSectorSize method
2610 ** of the open database file. The sector size will be used
2611 ** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and
2612 ** master journal pointers within created journal files.
2613 **
2614 ** For temporary files the effective sector size is always 512 bytes.
2615 **
2616 ** Otherwise, for non-temporary files, the effective sector size is
2617 ** the value returned by the xSectorSize() method rounded up to 32 if
2618 ** it is less than 32, or rounded down to MAX_SECTOR_SIZE if it
2619 ** is greater than MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
2620 **
2621 ** If the file has the SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property, then set
2622 ** the effective sector size to its minimum value (512).  The purpose of
2623 ** pPager->sectorSize is to define the "blast radius" of bytes that
2624 ** might change if a crash occurs while writing to a single byte in
2625 ** that range.  But with POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE, the blast radius is zero
2626 ** (that is what POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE means), so we minimize the sector
2627 ** size.  For backwards compatibility of the rollback journal file format,
2628 ** we cannot reduce the effective sector size below 512.
2629 */
2630 static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){
2631   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
2632 
2633   if( pPager->tempFile
2634    || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd) &
2635               SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE)!=0
2636   ){
2637     /* Sector size doesn't matter for temporary files. Also, the file
2638     ** may not have been opened yet, in which case the OsSectorSize()
2639     ** call will segfault. */
2640     pPager->sectorSize = 512;
2641   }else{
2642     pPager->sectorSize = sqlite3SectorSize(pPager->fd);
2643   }
2644 }
2645 
2646 /*
2647 ** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to
2648 ** the state it was in before we started making changes.
2649 **
2650 ** The journal file format is as follows:
2651 **
2652 **  (1)  8 byte prefix.  A copy of aJournalMagic[].
2653 **  (2)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records
2654 **       in the journal.  If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the
2655 **       number of page records from the journal size.
2656 **  (3)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the
2657 **       sanity checksum.
2658 **  (4)  4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the
2659 **       database to during a rollback.
2660 **  (5)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the sector size.  The header
2661 **       is this many bytes in size.
2662 **  (6)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the page size.
2663 **  (7)  zero padding out to the next sector size.
2664 **  (8)  Zero or more pages instances, each as follows:
2665 **        +  4 byte page number.
2666 **        +  pPager->pageSize bytes of data.
2667 **        +  4 byte checksum
2668 **
2669 ** When we speak of the journal header, we mean the first 7 items above.
2670 ** Each entry in the journal is an instance of the 8th item.
2671 **
2672 ** Call the value from the second bullet "nRec".  nRec is the number of
2673 ** valid page entries in the journal.  In most cases, you can compute the
2674 ** value of nRec from the size of the journal file.  But if a power
2675 ** failure occurred while the journal was being written, it could be the
2676 ** case that the size of the journal file had already been increased but
2677 ** the extra entries had not yet made it safely to disk.  In such a case,
2678 ** the value of nRec computed from the file size would be too large.  For
2679 ** that reason, we always use the nRec value in the header.
2680 **
2681 ** If the nRec value is 0xffffffff it means that nRec should be computed
2682 ** from the file size.  This value is used when the user selects the
2683 ** no-sync option for the journal.  A power failure could lead to corruption
2684 ** in this case.  But for things like temporary table (which will be
2685 ** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care.
2686 **
2687 ** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed
2688 ** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled
2689 ** back (or no pages if the journal header is corrupted). The journal file
2690 ** is then deleted and SQLITE_OK returned, just as if no corruption had
2691 ** been encountered.
2692 **
2693 ** If an I/O or malloc() error occurs, the journal-file is not deleted
2694 ** and an error code is returned.
2695 **
2696 ** The isHot parameter indicates that we are trying to rollback a journal
2697 ** that might be a hot journal.  Or, it could be that the journal is
2698 ** preserved because of JOURNALMODE_PERSIST or JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE.
2699 ** If the journal really is hot, reset the pager cache prior rolling
2700 ** back any content.  If the journal is merely persistent, no reset is
2701 ** needed.
2702 */
2703 static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){
2704   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
2705   i64 szJ;                 /* Size of the journal file in bytes */
2706   u32 nRec;                /* Number of Records in the journal */
2707   u32 u;                   /* Unsigned loop counter */
2708   Pgno mxPg = 0;           /* Size of the original file in pages */
2709   int rc;                  /* Result code of a subroutine */
2710   int res = 1;             /* Value returned by sqlite3OsAccess() */
2711   char *zMaster = 0;       /* Name of master journal file if any */
2712   int needPagerReset;      /* True to reset page prior to first page rollback */
2713   int nPlayback = 0;       /* Total number of pages restored from journal */
2714 
2715   /* Figure out how many records are in the journal.  Abort early if
2716   ** the journal is empty.
2717   */
2718   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
2719   rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &szJ);
2720   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2721     goto end_playback;
2722   }
2723 
2724   /* Read the master journal name from the journal, if it is present.
2725   ** If a master journal file name is specified, but the file is not
2726   ** present on disk, then the journal is not hot and does not need to be
2727   ** played back.
2728   **
2729   ** TODO: Technically the following is an error because it assumes that
2730   ** buffer Pager.pTmpSpace is (mxPathname+1) bytes or larger. i.e. that
2731   ** (pPager->pageSize >= pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1). Using os_unix.c,
2732   **  mxPathname is 512, which is the same as the minimum allowable value
2733   ** for pageSize.
2734   */
2735   zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2736   rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
2737   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] ){
2738     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res);
2739   }
2740   zMaster = 0;
2741   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !res ){
2742     goto end_playback;
2743   }
2744   pPager->journalOff = 0;
2745   needPagerReset = isHot;
2746 
2747   /* This loop terminates either when a readJournalHdr() or
2748   ** pager_playback_one_page() call returns SQLITE_DONE or an IO error
2749   ** occurs.
2750   */
2751   while( 1 ){
2752     /* Read the next journal header from the journal file.  If there are
2753     ** not enough bytes left in the journal file for a complete header, or
2754     ** it is corrupted, then a process must have failed while writing it.
2755     ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back.
2756     */
2757     rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, isHot, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg);
2758     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2759       if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
2760         rc = SQLITE_OK;
2761       }
2762       goto end_playback;
2763     }
2764 
2765     /* If nRec is 0xffffffff, then this journal was created by a process
2766     ** working in no-sync mode. This means that the rest of the journal
2767     ** file consists of pages, there are no more journal headers. Compute
2768     ** the value of nRec based on this assumption.
2769     */
2770     if( nRec==0xffffffff ){
2771       assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
2772       nRec = (int)((szJ - JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager))/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
2773     }
2774 
2775     /* If nRec is 0 and this rollback is of a transaction created by this
2776     ** process and if this is the final header in the journal, then it means
2777     ** that this part of the journal was being filled but has not yet been
2778     ** synced to disk.  Compute the number of pages based on the remaining
2779     ** size of the file.
2780     **
2781     ** The third term of the test was added to fix ticket #2565.
2782     ** When rolling back a hot journal, nRec==0 always means that the next
2783     ** chunk of the journal contains zero pages to be rolled back.  But
2784     ** when doing a ROLLBACK and the nRec==0 chunk is the last chunk in
2785     ** the journal, it means that the journal might contain additional
2786     ** pages that need to be rolled back and that the number of pages
2787     ** should be computed based on the journal file size.
2788     */
2789     if( nRec==0 && !isHot &&
2790         pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff ){
2791       nRec = (int)((szJ - pPager->journalOff) / JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
2792     }
2793 
2794     /* If this is the first header read from the journal, truncate the
2795     ** database file back to its original size.
2796     */
2797     if( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
2798       rc = pager_truncate(pPager, mxPg);
2799       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2800         goto end_playback;
2801       }
2802       pPager->dbSize = mxPg;
2803     }
2804 
2805     /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the
2806     ** database file and/or page cache.
2807     */
2808     for(u=0; u<nRec; u++){
2809       if( needPagerReset ){
2810         pager_reset(pPager);
2811         needPagerReset = 0;
2812       }
2813       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager,&pPager->journalOff,0,1,0);
2814       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2815         nPlayback++;
2816       }else{
2817         if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
2818           pPager->journalOff = szJ;
2819           break;
2820         }else if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
2821           /* If the journal has been truncated, simply stop reading and
2822           ** processing the journal. This might happen if the journal was
2823           ** not completely written and synced prior to a crash.  In that
2824           ** case, the database should have never been written in the
2825           ** first place so it is OK to simply abandon the rollback. */
2826           rc = SQLITE_OK;
2827           goto end_playback;
2828         }else{
2829           /* If we are unable to rollback, quit and return the error
2830           ** code.  This will cause the pager to enter the error state
2831           ** so that no further harm will be done.  Perhaps the next
2832           ** process to come along will be able to rollback the database.
2833           */
2834           goto end_playback;
2835         }
2836       }
2837     }
2838   }
2839   /*NOTREACHED*/
2840   assert( 0 );
2841 
2842 end_playback:
2843   /* Following a rollback, the database file should be back in its original
2844   ** state prior to the start of the transaction, so invoke the
2845   ** SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED file-control method to disable the
2846   ** assertion that the transaction counter was modified.
2847   */
2848 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
2849   if( pPager->fd->pMethods ){
2850     sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd,SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED,0);
2851   }
2852 #endif
2853 
2854   /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or
2855   ** malloc error that occurred after the change-counter was updated but
2856   ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter
2857   ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive
2858   ** mode, then subsequent transactions performed by the connection will not
2859   ** update the change-counter at all. This may lead to cache inconsistency
2860   ** problems for other processes at some point in the future. So, just
2861   ** in case this has happened, clear the changeCountDone flag now.
2862   */
2863   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
2864 
2865   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2866     zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2867     rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
2868     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
2869   }
2870   if( rc==SQLITE_OK
2871    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2872   ){
2873     rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, 0);
2874   }
2875   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2876     rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, zMaster[0]!='\0', 0);
2877     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
2878   }
2879   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] && res ){
2880     /* If there was a master journal and this routine will return success,
2881     ** see if it is possible to delete the master journal.
2882     */
2883     rc = pager_delmaster(pPager, zMaster);
2884     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
2885   }
2886   if( isHot && nPlayback ){
2887     sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK, "recovered %d pages from %s",
2888                 nPlayback, pPager->zJournal);
2889   }
2890 
2891   /* The Pager.sectorSize variable may have been updated while rolling
2892   ** back a journal created by a process with a different sector size
2893   ** value. Reset it to the correct value for this process.
2894   */
2895   setSectorSize(pPager);
2896   return rc;
2897 }
2898 
2899 
2900 /*
2901 ** Read the content for page pPg out of the database file and into
2902 ** pPg->pData. A shared lock or greater must be held on the database
2903 ** file before this function is called.
2904 **
2905 ** If page 1 is read, then the value of Pager.dbFileVers[] is set to
2906 ** the value read from the database file.
2907 **
2908 ** If an IO error occurs, then the IO error is returned to the caller.
2909 ** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
2910 */
2911 static int readDbPage(PgHdr *pPg, u32 iFrame){
2912   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* Pager object associated with page pPg */
2913   Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno;       /* Page number to read */
2914   int rc = SQLITE_OK;          /* Return code */
2915   int pgsz = pPager->pageSize; /* Number of bytes to read */
2916 
2917   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && !MEMDB );
2918   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
2919 
2920 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
2921   if( iFrame ){
2922     /* Try to pull the page from the write-ahead log. */
2923     rc = sqlite3WalReadFrame(pPager->pWal, iFrame, pgsz, pPg->pData);
2924   }else
2925 #endif
2926   {
2927     i64 iOffset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
2928     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pPg->pData, pgsz, iOffset);
2929     if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
2930       rc = SQLITE_OK;
2931     }
2932   }
2933 
2934   if( pgno==1 ){
2935     if( rc ){
2936       /* If the read is unsuccessful, set the dbFileVers[] to something
2937       ** that will never be a valid file version.  dbFileVers[] is a copy
2938       ** of bytes 24..39 of the database.  Bytes 28..31 should always be
2939       ** zero or the size of the database in page. Bytes 32..35 and 35..39
2940       ** should be page numbers which are never 0xffffffff.  So filling
2941       ** pPager->dbFileVers[] with all 0xff bytes should suffice.
2942       **
2943       ** For an encrypted database, the situation is more complex:  bytes
2944       ** 24..39 of the database are white noise.  But the probability of
2945       ** white noise equaling 16 bytes of 0xff is vanishingly small so
2946       ** we should still be ok.
2947       */
2948       memset(pPager->dbFileVers, 0xff, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
2949     }else{
2950       u8 *dbFileVers = &((u8*)pPg->pData)[24];
2951       memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
2952     }
2953   }
2954   CODEC1(pPager, pPg->pData, pgno, 3, rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT);
2955 
2956   PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_readdb_count);
2957   PAGER_INCR(pPager->nRead);
2958   IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
2959   PAGERTRACE(("FETCH %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
2960                PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pPg)));
2961 
2962   return rc;
2963 }
2964 
2965 /*
2966 ** Update the value of the change-counter at offsets 24 and 92 in
2967 ** the header and the sqlite version number at offset 96.
2968 **
2969 ** This is an unconditional update.  See also the pager_incr_changecounter()
2970 ** routine which only updates the change-counter if the update is actually
2971 ** needed, as determined by the pPager->changeCountDone state variable.
2972 */
2973 static void pager_write_changecounter(PgHdr *pPg){
2974   u32 change_counter;
2975 
2976   /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */
2977   change_counter = sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)pPg->pPager->dbFileVers)+1;
2978   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+24, change_counter);
2979 
2980   /* Also store the SQLite version number in bytes 96..99 and in
2981   ** bytes 92..95 store the change counter for which the version number
2982   ** is valid. */
2983   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+92, change_counter);
2984   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+96, SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER);
2985 }
2986 
2987 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
2988 /*
2989 ** This function is invoked once for each page that has already been
2990 ** written into the log file when a WAL transaction is rolled back.
2991 ** Parameter iPg is the page number of said page. The pCtx argument
2992 ** is actually a pointer to the Pager structure.
2993 **
2994 ** If page iPg is present in the cache, and has no outstanding references,
2995 ** it is discarded. Otherwise, if there are one or more outstanding
2996 ** references, the page content is reloaded from the database. If the
2997 ** attempt to reload content from the database is required and fails,
2998 ** return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
2999 */
3000 static int pagerUndoCallback(void *pCtx, Pgno iPg){
3001   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3002   Pager *pPager = (Pager *)pCtx;
3003   PgHdr *pPg;
3004 
3005   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) );
3006   pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, iPg);
3007   if( pPg ){
3008     if( sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPg)==1 ){
3009       sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
3010     }else{
3011       u32 iFrame = 0;
3012       rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pPg->pgno, &iFrame);
3013       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3014         rc = readDbPage(pPg, iFrame);
3015       }
3016       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3017         pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
3018       }
3019       sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg);
3020     }
3021   }
3022 
3023   /* Normally, if a transaction is rolled back, any backup processes are
3024   ** updated as data is copied out of the rollback journal and into the
3025   ** database. This is not generally possible with a WAL database, as
3026   ** rollback involves simply truncating the log file. Therefore, if one
3027   ** or more frames have already been written to the log (and therefore
3028   ** also copied into the backup databases) as part of this transaction,
3029   ** the backups must be restarted.
3030   */
3031   sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
3032 
3033   return rc;
3034 }
3035 
3036 /*
3037 ** This function is called to rollback a transaction on a WAL database.
3038 */
3039 static int pagerRollbackWal(Pager *pPager){
3040   int rc;                         /* Return Code */
3041   PgHdr *pList;                   /* List of dirty pages to revert */
3042 
3043   /* For all pages in the cache that are currently dirty or have already
3044   ** been written (but not committed) to the log file, do one of the
3045   ** following:
3046   **
3047   **   + Discard the cached page (if refcount==0), or
3048   **   + Reload page content from the database (if refcount>0).
3049   */
3050   pPager->dbSize = pPager->dbOrigSize;
3051   rc = sqlite3WalUndo(pPager->pWal, pagerUndoCallback, (void *)pPager);
3052   pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
3053   while( pList && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3054     PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty;
3055     rc = pagerUndoCallback((void *)pPager, pList->pgno);
3056     pList = pNext;
3057   }
3058 
3059   return rc;
3060 }
3061 
3062 /*
3063 ** This function is a wrapper around sqlite3WalFrames(). As well as logging
3064 ** the contents of the list of pages headed by pList (connected by pDirty),
3065 ** this function notifies any active backup processes that the pages have
3066 ** changed.
3067 **
3068 ** The list of pages passed into this routine is always sorted by page number.
3069 ** Hence, if page 1 appears anywhere on the list, it will be the first page.
3070 */
3071 static int pagerWalFrames(
3072   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
3073   PgHdr *pList,                   /* List of frames to log */
3074   Pgno nTruncate,                 /* Database size after this commit */
3075   int isCommit                    /* True if this is a commit */
3076 ){
3077   int rc;                         /* Return code */
3078   int nList;                      /* Number of pages in pList */
3079   PgHdr *p;                       /* For looping over pages */
3080 
3081   assert( pPager->pWal );
3082   assert( pList );
3083 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
3084   /* Verify that the page list is in accending order */
3085   for(p=pList; p && p->pDirty; p=p->pDirty){
3086     assert( p->pgno < p->pDirty->pgno );
3087   }
3088 #endif
3089 
3090   assert( pList->pDirty==0 || isCommit );
3091   if( isCommit ){
3092     /* If a WAL transaction is being committed, there is no point in writing
3093     ** any pages with page numbers greater than nTruncate into the WAL file.
3094     ** They will never be read by any client. So remove them from the pDirty
3095     ** list here. */
3096     PgHdr **ppNext = &pList;
3097     nList = 0;
3098     for(p=pList; (*ppNext = p)!=0; p=p->pDirty){
3099       if( p->pgno<=nTruncate ){
3100         ppNext = &p->pDirty;
3101         nList++;
3102       }
3103     }
3104     assert( pList );
3105   }else{
3106     nList = 1;
3107   }
3108   pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE] += nList;
3109 
3110   if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
3111   rc = sqlite3WalFrames(pPager->pWal,
3112       pPager->pageSize, pList, nTruncate, isCommit, pPager->walSyncFlags
3113   );
3114   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pBackup ){
3115     for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
3116       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, p->pgno, (u8 *)p->pData);
3117     }
3118   }
3119 
3120 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
3121   pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
3122   for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
3123     pager_set_pagehash(p);
3124   }
3125 #endif
3126 
3127   return rc;
3128 }
3129 
3130 /*
3131 ** Begin a read transaction on the WAL.
3132 **
3133 ** This routine used to be called "pagerOpenSnapshot()" because it essentially
3134 ** makes a snapshot of the database at the current point in time and preserves
3135 ** that snapshot for use by the reader in spite of concurrently changes by
3136 ** other writers or checkpointers.
3137 */
3138 static int pagerBeginReadTransaction(Pager *pPager){
3139   int rc;                         /* Return code */
3140   int changed = 0;                /* True if cache must be reset */
3141 
3142   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) );
3143   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
3144 
3145   /* sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction() was not called for the previous
3146   ** transaction in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE.  So call it now.  If we
3147   ** are in locking_mode=NORMAL and EndRead() was previously called,
3148   ** the duplicate call is harmless.
3149   */
3150   sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal);
3151 
3152   rc = sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(pPager->pWal, &changed);
3153   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || changed ){
3154     pager_reset(pPager);
3155     if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
3156   }
3157 
3158   return rc;
3159 }
3160 #endif
3161 
3162 /*
3163 ** This function is called as part of the transition from PAGER_OPEN
3164 ** to PAGER_READER state to determine the size of the database file
3165 ** in pages (assuming the page size currently stored in Pager.pageSize).
3166 **
3167 ** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the size of the database
3168 ** in pages is stored in *pnPage. Otherwise, an error code (perhaps
3169 ** SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT) is returned and *pnPage is left unmodified.
3170 */
3171 static int pagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, Pgno *pnPage){
3172   Pgno nPage;                     /* Value to return via *pnPage */
3173 
3174   /* Query the WAL sub-system for the database size. The WalDbsize()
3175   ** function returns zero if the WAL is not open (i.e. Pager.pWal==0), or
3176   ** if the database size is not available. The database size is not
3177   ** available from the WAL sub-system if the log file is empty or
3178   ** contains no valid committed transactions.
3179   */
3180   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
3181   assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
3182   nPage = sqlite3WalDbsize(pPager->pWal);
3183 
3184   /* If the number of pages in the database is not available from the
3185   ** WAL sub-system, determine the page counte based on the size of
3186   ** the database file.  If the size of the database file is not an
3187   ** integer multiple of the page-size, round up the result.
3188   */
3189   if( nPage==0 ){
3190     i64 n = 0;                    /* Size of db file in bytes */
3191     assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
3192     if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
3193       int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &n);
3194       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
3195         return rc;
3196       }
3197     }
3198     nPage = (Pgno)((n+pPager->pageSize-1) / pPager->pageSize);
3199   }
3200 
3201   /* If the current number of pages in the file is greater than the
3202   ** configured maximum pager number, increase the allowed limit so
3203   ** that the file can be read.
3204   */
3205   if( nPage>pPager->mxPgno ){
3206     pPager->mxPgno = (Pgno)nPage;
3207   }
3208 
3209   *pnPage = nPage;
3210   return SQLITE_OK;
3211 }
3212 
3213 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
3214 /*
3215 ** Check if the *-wal file that corresponds to the database opened by pPager
3216 ** exists if the database is not empy, or verify that the *-wal file does
3217 ** not exist (by deleting it) if the database file is empty.
3218 **
3219 ** If the database is not empty and the *-wal file exists, open the pager
3220 ** in WAL mode.  If the database is empty or if no *-wal file exists and
3221 ** if no error occurs, make sure Pager.journalMode is not set to
3222 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL.
3223 **
3224 ** Return SQLITE_OK or an error code.
3225 **
3226 ** The caller must hold a SHARED lock on the database file to call this
3227 ** function. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db file is required to delete
3228 ** a WAL on a none-empty database, this ensures there is no race condition
3229 ** between the xAccess() below and an xDelete() being executed by some
3230 ** other connection.
3231 */
3232 static int pagerOpenWalIfPresent(Pager *pPager){
3233   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3234   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
3235   assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
3236 
3237   if( !pPager->tempFile ){
3238     int isWal;                    /* True if WAL file exists */
3239     Pgno nPage;                   /* Size of the database file */
3240 
3241     rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
3242     if( rc ) return rc;
3243     if( nPage==0 ){
3244       rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, 0);
3245       if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
3246       isWal = 0;
3247     }else{
3248       rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
3249           pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &isWal
3250       );
3251     }
3252     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3253       if( isWal ){
3254         testcase( sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
3255         rc = sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pPager, 0);
3256       }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){
3257         pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE;
3258       }
3259     }
3260   }
3261   return rc;
3262 }
3263 #endif
3264 
3265 /*
3266 ** Playback savepoint pSavepoint. Or, if pSavepoint==NULL, then playback
3267 ** the entire master journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when
3268 ** a ROLLBACK TO command is invoked on a SAVEPOINT that is a transaction
3269 ** savepoint.
3270 **
3271 ** When pSavepoint is not NULL (meaning a non-transaction savepoint is
3272 ** being rolled back), then the rollback consists of up to three stages,
3273 ** performed in the order specified:
3274 **
3275 **   * Pages are played back from the main journal starting at byte
3276 **     offset PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to
3277 **     PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset, or to the end of the main journal
3278 **     file if PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is zero.
3279 **
3280 **   * If PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is not zero, then pages are played
3281 **     back starting from the journal header immediately following
3282 **     PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset to the end of the main journal file.
3283 **
3284 **   * Pages are then played back from the sub-journal file, starting
3285 **     with the PagerSavepoint.iSubRec and continuing to the end of
3286 **     the journal file.
3287 **
3288 ** Throughout the rollback process, each time a page is rolled back, the
3289 ** corresponding bit is set in a bitvec structure (variable pDone in the
3290 ** implementation below). This is used to ensure that a page is only
3291 ** rolled back the first time it is encountered in either journal.
3292 **
3293 ** If pSavepoint is NULL, then pages are only played back from the main
3294 ** journal file. There is no need for a bitvec in this case.
3295 **
3296 ** In either case, before playback commences the Pager.dbSize variable
3297 ** is reset to the value that it held at the start of the savepoint
3298 ** (or transaction). No page with a page-number greater than this value
3299 ** is played back. If one is encountered it is simply skipped.
3300 */
3301 static int pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager *pPager, PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint){
3302   i64 szJ;                 /* Effective size of the main journal */
3303   i64 iHdrOff;             /* End of first segment of main-journal records */
3304   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Return code */
3305   Bitvec *pDone = 0;       /* Bitvec to ensure pages played back only once */
3306 
3307   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
3308   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
3309 
3310   /* Allocate a bitvec to use to store the set of pages rolled back */
3311   if( pSavepoint ){
3312     pDone = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pSavepoint->nOrig);
3313     if( !pDone ){
3314       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
3315     }
3316   }
3317 
3318   /* Set the database size back to the value it was before the savepoint
3319   ** being reverted was opened.
3320   */
3321   pPager->dbSize = pSavepoint ? pSavepoint->nOrig : pPager->dbOrigSize;
3322   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
3323 
3324   if( !pSavepoint && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3325     return pagerRollbackWal(pPager);
3326   }
3327 
3328   /* Use pPager->journalOff as the effective size of the main rollback
3329   ** journal.  The actual file might be larger than this in
3330   ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE or PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST.  But anything
3331   ** past pPager->journalOff is off-limits to us.
3332   */
3333   szJ = pPager->journalOff;
3334   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || szJ==0 );
3335 
3336   /* Begin by rolling back records from the main journal starting at
3337   ** PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to the next journal header.
3338   ** There might be records in the main journal that have a page number
3339   ** greater than the current database size (pPager->dbSize) but those
3340   ** will be skipped automatically.  Pages are added to pDone as they
3341   ** are played back.
3342   */
3343   if( pSavepoint && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3344     iHdrOff = pSavepoint->iHdrOffset ? pSavepoint->iHdrOffset : szJ;
3345     pPager->journalOff = pSavepoint->iOffset;
3346     while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<iHdrOff ){
3347       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1);
3348     }
3349     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3350   }else{
3351     pPager->journalOff = 0;
3352   }
3353 
3354   /* Continue rolling back records out of the main journal starting at
3355   ** the first journal header seen and continuing until the effective end
3356   ** of the main journal file.  Continue to skip out-of-range pages and
3357   ** continue adding pages rolled back to pDone.
3358   */
3359   while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<szJ ){
3360     u32 ii;            /* Loop counter */
3361     u32 nJRec = 0;     /* Number of Journal Records */
3362     u32 dummy;
3363     rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, 0, szJ, &nJRec, &dummy);
3364     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3365 
3366     /*
3367     ** The "pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff"
3368     ** test is related to ticket #2565.  See the discussion in the
3369     ** pager_playback() function for additional information.
3370     */
3371     if( nJRec==0
3372      && pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff
3373     ){
3374       nJRec = (u32)((szJ - pPager->journalOff)/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
3375     }
3376     for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nJRec && pPager->journalOff<szJ; ii++){
3377       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1);
3378     }
3379     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3380   }
3381   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->journalOff>=szJ );
3382 
3383   /* Finally,  rollback pages from the sub-journal.  Page that were
3384   ** previously rolled back out of the main journal (and are hence in pDone)
3385   ** will be skipped.  Out-of-range pages are also skipped.
3386   */
3387   if( pSavepoint ){
3388     u32 ii;            /* Loop counter */
3389     i64 offset = (i64)pSavepoint->iSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
3390 
3391     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3392       rc = sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(pPager->pWal, pSavepoint->aWalData);
3393     }
3394     for(ii=pSavepoint->iSubRec; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<pPager->nSubRec; ii++){
3395       assert( offset==(i64)ii*(4+pPager->pageSize) );
3396       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &offset, pDone, 0, 1);
3397     }
3398     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3399   }
3400 
3401   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pDone);
3402   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3403     pPager->journalOff = szJ;
3404   }
3405 
3406   return rc;
3407 }
3408 
3409 /*
3410 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed
3411 ** before attempting to recycle clean and unused pages.
3412 */
3413 void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
3414   sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage);
3415 }
3416 
3417 /*
3418 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed
3419 ** before attempting to spill pages to journal.
3420 */
3421 int sqlite3PagerSetSpillsize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
3422   return sqlite3PcacheSetSpillsize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage);
3423 }
3424 
3425 /*
3426 ** Invoke SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE based on the current value of szMmap.
3427 */
3428 static void pagerFixMaplimit(Pager *pPager){
3429 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
3430   sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd;
3431   if( isOpen(fd) && fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ){
3432     sqlite3_int64 sz;
3433     sz = pPager->szMmap;
3434     pPager->bUseFetch = (sz>0);
3435     sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, &sz);
3436   }
3437 #endif
3438 }
3439 
3440 /*
3441 ** Change the maximum size of any memory mapping made of the database file.
3442 */
3443 void sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_int64 szMmap){
3444   pPager->szMmap = szMmap;
3445   pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
3446 }
3447 
3448 /*
3449 ** Free as much memory as possible from the pager.
3450 */
3451 void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager *pPager){
3452   sqlite3PcacheShrink(pPager->pPCache);
3453 }
3454 
3455 /*
3456 ** Adjust settings of the pager to those specified in the pgFlags parameter.
3457 **
3458 ** The "level" in pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK sets the robustness
3459 ** of the database to damage due to OS crashes or power failures by
3460 ** changing the number of syncs()s when writing the journals.
3461 ** There are three levels:
3462 **
3463 **    OFF       sqlite3OsSync() is never called.  This is the default
3464 **              for temporary and transient files.
3465 **
3466 **    NORMAL    The journal is synced once before writes begin on the
3467 **              database.  This is normally adequate protection, but
3468 **              it is theoretically possible, though very unlikely,
3469 **              that an inopertune power failure could leave the journal
3470 **              in a state which would cause damage to the database
3471 **              when it is rolled back.
3472 **
3473 **    FULL      The journal is synced twice before writes begin on the
3474 **              database (with some additional information - the nRec field
3475 **              of the journal header - being written in between the two
3476 **              syncs).  If we assume that writing a
3477 **              single disk sector is atomic, then this mode provides
3478 **              assurance that the journal will not be corrupted to the
3479 **              point of causing damage to the database during rollback.
3480 **
3481 ** The above is for a rollback-journal mode.  For WAL mode, OFF continues
3482 ** to mean that no syncs ever occur.  NORMAL means that the WAL is synced
3483 ** prior to the start of checkpoint and that the database file is synced
3484 ** at the conclusion of the checkpoint if the entire content of the WAL
3485 ** was written back into the database.  But no sync operations occur for
3486 ** an ordinary commit in NORMAL mode with WAL.  FULL means that the WAL
3487 ** file is synced following each commit operation, in addition to the
3488 ** syncs associated with NORMAL.
3489 **
3490 ** Do not confuse synchronous=FULL with SQLITE_SYNC_FULL.  The
3491 ** SQLITE_SYNC_FULL macro means to use the MacOSX-style full-fsync
3492 ** using fcntl(F_FULLFSYNC).  SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL means to do an
3493 ** ordinary fsync() call.  There is no difference between SQLITE_SYNC_FULL
3494 ** and SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL on platforms other than MacOSX.  But the
3495 ** synchronous=FULL versus synchronous=NORMAL setting determines when
3496 ** the xSync primitive is called and is relevant to all platforms.
3497 **
3498 ** Numeric values associated with these states are OFF==1, NORMAL=2,
3499 ** and FULL=3.
3500 */
3501 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
3502 void sqlite3PagerSetFlags(
3503   Pager *pPager,        /* The pager to set safety level for */
3504   unsigned pgFlags      /* Various flags */
3505 ){
3506   unsigned level = pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK;
3507   if( pPager->tempFile ){
3508     pPager->noSync = 1;
3509     pPager->fullSync = 0;
3510     pPager->extraSync = 0;
3511   }else{
3512     pPager->noSync =  level==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_OFF ?1:0;
3513     pPager->fullSync = level>=PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_FULL ?1:0;
3514     pPager->extraSync = level==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_EXTRA ?1:0;
3515   }
3516   if( pPager->noSync ){
3517     pPager->syncFlags = 0;
3518     pPager->ckptSyncFlags = 0;
3519   }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_FULLFSYNC ){
3520     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
3521     pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
3522   }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC ){
3523     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
3524     pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
3525   }else{
3526     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
3527     pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
3528   }
3529   pPager->walSyncFlags = pPager->syncFlags;
3530   if( pPager->fullSync ){
3531     pPager->walSyncFlags |= WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS;
3532   }
3533   if( pgFlags & PAGER_CACHESPILL ){
3534     pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_OFF;
3535   }else{
3536     pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_OFF;
3537   }
3538 }
3539 #endif
3540 
3541 /*
3542 ** The following global variable is incremented whenever the library
3543 ** attempts to open a temporary file.  This information is used for
3544 ** testing and analysis only.
3545 */
3546 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3547 int sqlite3_opentemp_count = 0;
3548 #endif
3549 
3550 /*
3551 ** Open a temporary file.
3552 **
3553 ** Write the file descriptor into *pFile. Return SQLITE_OK on success
3554 ** or some other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically
3555 ** delete the temporary file when it is closed.
3556 **
3557 ** The flags passed to the VFS layer xOpen() call are those specified
3558 ** by parameter vfsFlags ORed with the following:
3559 **
3560 **     SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
3561 **     SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE
3562 **     SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE
3563 **     SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE
3564 */
3565 static int pagerOpentemp(
3566   Pager *pPager,        /* The pager object */
3567   sqlite3_file *pFile,  /* Write the file descriptor here */
3568   int vfsFlags          /* Flags passed through to the VFS */
3569 ){
3570   int rc;               /* Return code */
3571 
3572 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3573   sqlite3_opentemp_count++;  /* Used for testing and analysis only */
3574 #endif
3575 
3576   vfsFlags |=  SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
3577             SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE;
3578   rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pFile, vfsFlags, 0);
3579   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pFile) );
3580   return rc;
3581 }
3582 
3583 /*
3584 ** Set the busy handler function.
3585 **
3586 ** The pager invokes the busy-handler if sqlite3OsLock() returns
3587 ** SQLITE_BUSY when trying to upgrade from no-lock to a SHARED lock,
3588 ** or when trying to upgrade from a RESERVED lock to an EXCLUSIVE
3589 ** lock. It does *not* invoke the busy handler when upgrading from
3590 ** SHARED to RESERVED, or when upgrading from SHARED to EXCLUSIVE
3591 ** (which occurs during hot-journal rollback). Summary:
3592 **
3593 **   Transition                        | Invokes xBusyHandler
3594 **   --------------------------------------------------------
3595 **   NO_LOCK       -> SHARED_LOCK      | Yes
3596 **   SHARED_LOCK   -> RESERVED_LOCK    | No
3597 **   SHARED_LOCK   -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK   | No
3598 **   RESERVED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK   | Yes
3599 **
3600 ** If the busy-handler callback returns non-zero, the lock is
3601 ** retried. If it returns zero, then the SQLITE_BUSY error is
3602 ** returned to the caller of the pager API function.
3603 */
3604 void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(
3605   Pager *pPager,                       /* Pager object */
3606   int (*xBusyHandler)(void *),         /* Pointer to busy-handler function */
3607   void *pBusyHandlerArg                /* Argument to pass to xBusyHandler */
3608 ){
3609   pPager->xBusyHandler = xBusyHandler;
3610   pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = pBusyHandlerArg;
3611 
3612   if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
3613     void **ap = (void **)&pPager->xBusyHandler;
3614     assert( ((int(*)(void *))(ap[0]))==xBusyHandler );
3615     assert( ap[1]==pBusyHandlerArg );
3616     sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER, (void *)ap);
3617   }
3618 }
3619 
3620 /*
3621 ** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size
3622 ** is passed in *pPageSize.
3623 **
3624 ** If the pager is in the error state when this function is called, it
3625 ** is a no-op. The value returned is the error state error code (i.e.
3626 ** one of SQLITE_IOERR, an SQLITE_IOERR_xxx sub-code or SQLITE_FULL).
3627 **
3628 ** Otherwise, if all of the following are true:
3629 **
3630 **   * the new page size (value of *pPageSize) is valid (a power
3631 **     of two between 512 and SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, inclusive), and
3632 **
3633 **   * there are no outstanding page references, and
3634 **
3635 **   * the database is either not an in-memory database or it is
3636 **     an in-memory database that currently consists of zero pages.
3637 **
3638 ** then the pager object page size is set to *pPageSize.
3639 **
3640 ** If the page size is changed, then this function uses sqlite3PagerMalloc()
3641 ** to obtain a new Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. If this allocation attempt
3642 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and the page size remains unchanged.
3643 ** In all other cases, SQLITE_OK is returned.
3644 **
3645 ** If the page size is not changed, either because one of the enumerated
3646 ** conditions above is not true, the pager was in error state when this
3647 ** function was called, or because the memory allocation attempt failed,
3648 ** then *pPageSize is set to the old, retained page size before returning.
3649 */
3650 int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u32 *pPageSize, int nReserve){
3651   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3652 
3653   /* It is not possible to do a full assert_pager_state() here, as this
3654   ** function may be called from within PagerOpen(), before the state
3655   ** of the Pager object is internally consistent.
3656   **
3657   ** At one point this function returned an error if the pager was in
3658   ** PAGER_ERROR state. But since PAGER_ERROR state guarantees that
3659   ** there is at least one outstanding page reference, this function
3660   ** is a no-op for that case anyhow.
3661   */
3662 
3663   u32 pageSize = *pPageSize;
3664   assert( pageSize==0 || (pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) );
3665   if( (pPager->memDb==0 || pPager->dbSize==0)
3666    && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0
3667    && pageSize && pageSize!=(u32)pPager->pageSize
3668   ){
3669     char *pNew = NULL;             /* New temp space */
3670     i64 nByte = 0;
3671 
3672     if( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
3673       rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &nByte);
3674     }
3675     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3676       pNew = (char *)sqlite3PageMalloc(pageSize);
3677       if( !pNew ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
3678     }
3679 
3680     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3681       pager_reset(pPager);
3682       rc = sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(pPager->pPCache, pageSize);
3683     }
3684     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3685       sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
3686       pPager->pTmpSpace = pNew;
3687       pPager->dbSize = (Pgno)((nByte+pageSize-1)/pageSize);
3688       pPager->pageSize = pageSize;
3689     }else{
3690       sqlite3PageFree(pNew);
3691     }
3692   }
3693 
3694   *pPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
3695   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3696     if( nReserve<0 ) nReserve = pPager->nReserve;
3697     assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<1000 );
3698     pPager->nReserve = (i16)nReserve;
3699     pagerReportSize(pPager);
3700     pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
3701   }
3702   return rc;
3703 }
3704 
3705 /*
3706 ** Return a pointer to the "temporary page" buffer held internally
3707 ** by the pager.  This is a buffer that is big enough to hold the
3708 ** entire content of a database page.  This buffer is used internally
3709 ** during rollback and will be overwritten whenever a rollback
3710 ** occurs.  But other modules are free to use it too, as long as
3711 ** no rollbacks are happening.
3712 */
3713 void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager *pPager){
3714   return pPager->pTmpSpace;
3715 }
3716 
3717 /*
3718 ** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive.
3719 ** Make no changes if mxPage is zero or negative.  And never reduce the
3720 ** maximum page count below the current size of the database.
3721 **
3722 ** Regardless of mxPage, return the current maximum page count.
3723 */
3724 int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
3725   if( mxPage>0 ){
3726     pPager->mxPgno = mxPage;
3727   }
3728   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN );      /* Called only by OP_MaxPgcnt */
3729   assert( pPager->mxPgno>=pPager->dbSize );  /* OP_MaxPgcnt enforces this */
3730   return pPager->mxPgno;
3731 }
3732 
3733 /*
3734 ** The following set of routines are used to disable the simulated
3735 ** I/O error mechanism.  These routines are used to avoid simulated
3736 ** errors in places where we do not care about errors.
3737 **
3738 ** Unless -DSQLITE_TEST=1 is used, these routines are all no-ops
3739 ** and generate no code.
3740 */
3741 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3742 extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending;
3743 extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit;
3744 static int saved_cnt;
3745 void disable_simulated_io_errors(void){
3746   saved_cnt = sqlite3_io_error_pending;
3747   sqlite3_io_error_pending = -1;
3748 }
3749 void enable_simulated_io_errors(void){
3750   sqlite3_io_error_pending = saved_cnt;
3751 }
3752 #else
3753 # define disable_simulated_io_errors()
3754 # define enable_simulated_io_errors()
3755 #endif
3756 
3757 /*
3758 ** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory
3759 ** that pDest points to.
3760 **
3761 ** If the pager was opened on a transient file (zFilename==""), or
3762 ** opened on a file less than N bytes in size, the output buffer is
3763 ** zeroed and SQLITE_OK returned. The rationale for this is that this
3764 ** function is used to read database headers, and a new transient or
3765 ** zero sized database has a header than consists entirely of zeroes.
3766 **
3767 ** If any IO error apart from SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ is encountered,
3768 ** the error code is returned to the caller and the contents of the
3769 ** output buffer undefined.
3770 */
3771 int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager *pPager, int N, unsigned char *pDest){
3772   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3773   memset(pDest, 0, N);
3774   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
3775 
3776   /* This routine is only called by btree immediately after creating
3777   ** the Pager object.  There has not been an opportunity to transition
3778   ** to WAL mode yet.
3779   */
3780   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
3781 
3782   if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
3783     IOTRACE(("DBHDR %p 0 %d\n", pPager, N))
3784     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pDest, N, 0);
3785     if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
3786       rc = SQLITE_OK;
3787     }
3788   }
3789   return rc;
3790 }
3791 
3792 /*
3793 ** This function may only be called when a read-transaction is open on
3794 ** the pager. It returns the total number of pages in the database.
3795 **
3796 ** However, if the file is between 1 and <page-size> bytes in size, then
3797 ** this is considered a 1 page file.
3798 */
3799 void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, int *pnPage){
3800   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
3801   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED );
3802   *pnPage = (int)pPager->dbSize;
3803 }
3804 
3805 
3806 /*
3807 ** Try to obtain a lock of type locktype on the database file. If
3808 ** a similar or greater lock is already held, this function is a no-op
3809 ** (returning SQLITE_OK immediately).
3810 **
3811 ** Otherwise, attempt to obtain the lock using sqlite3OsLock(). Invoke
3812 ** the busy callback if the lock is currently not available. Repeat
3813 ** until the busy callback returns false or until the attempt to
3814 ** obtain the lock succeeds.
3815 **
3816 ** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain
3817 ** the lock. If the lock is obtained successfully, set the Pager.state
3818 ** variable to locktype before returning.
3819 */
3820 static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){
3821   int rc;                              /* Return code */
3822 
3823   /* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is
3824   ** already held), or one of the transitions that the busy-handler
3825   ** may be invoked during, according to the comment above
3826   ** sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler().
3827   */
3828   assert( (pPager->eLock>=locktype)
3829        || (pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK && locktype==SHARED_LOCK)
3830        || (pPager->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK && locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
3831   );
3832 
3833   do {
3834     rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, locktype);
3835   }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && pPager->xBusyHandler(pPager->pBusyHandlerArg) );
3836   return rc;
3837 }
3838 
3839 /*
3840 ** Function assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) checks that one of the
3841 ** following is true for all dirty pages currently in the page-cache:
3842 **
3843 **   a) The page number is less than or equal to the size of the
3844 **      current database image, in pages, OR
3845 **
3846 **   b) if the page content were written at this time, it would not
3847 **      be necessary to write the current content out to the sub-journal
3848 **      (as determined by function subjRequiresPage()).
3849 **
3850 ** If the condition asserted by this function were not true, and the
3851 ** dirty page were to be discarded from the cache via the pagerStress()
3852 ** routine, pagerStress() would not write the current page content to
3853 ** the database file. If a savepoint transaction were rolled back after
3854 ** this happened, the correct behavior would be to restore the current
3855 ** content of the page. However, since this content is not present in either
3856 ** the database file or the portion of the rollback journal and
3857 ** sub-journal rolled back the content could not be restored and the
3858 ** database image would become corrupt. It is therefore fortunate that
3859 ** this circumstance cannot arise.
3860 */
3861 #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
3862 static void assertTruncateConstraintCb(PgHdr *pPg){
3863   assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
3864   assert( !subjRequiresPage(pPg) || pPg->pgno<=pPg->pPager->dbSize );
3865 }
3866 static void assertTruncateConstraint(Pager *pPager){
3867   sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, assertTruncateConstraintCb);
3868 }
3869 #else
3870 # define assertTruncateConstraint(pPager)
3871 #endif
3872 
3873 /*
3874 ** Truncate the in-memory database file image to nPage pages. This
3875 ** function does not actually modify the database file on disk. It
3876 ** just sets the internal state of the pager object so that the
3877 ** truncation will be done when the current transaction is committed.
3878 **
3879 ** This function is only called right before committing a transaction.
3880 ** Once this function has been called, the transaction must either be
3881 ** rolled back or committed. It is not safe to call this function and
3882 ** then continue writing to the database.
3883 */
3884 void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
3885   assert( pPager->dbSize>=nPage );
3886   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD );
3887   pPager->dbSize = nPage;
3888 
3889   /* At one point the code here called assertTruncateConstraint() to
3890   ** ensure that all pages being truncated away by this operation are,
3891   ** if one or more savepoints are open, present in the savepoint
3892   ** journal so that they can be restored if the savepoint is rolled
3893   ** back. This is no longer necessary as this function is now only
3894   ** called right before committing a transaction. So although the
3895   ** Pager object may still have open savepoints (Pager.nSavepoint!=0),
3896   ** they cannot be rolled back. So the assertTruncateConstraint() call
3897   ** is no longer correct. */
3898 }
3899 
3900 
3901 /*
3902 ** This function is called before attempting a hot-journal rollback. It
3903 ** syncs the journal file to disk, then sets pPager->journalHdr to the
3904 ** size of the journal file so that the pager_playback() routine knows
3905 ** that the entire journal file has been synced.
3906 **
3907 ** Syncing a hot-journal to disk before attempting to roll it back ensures
3908 ** that if a power-failure occurs during the rollback, the process that
3909 ** attempts rollback following system recovery sees the same journal
3910 ** content as this process.
3911 **
3912 ** If everything goes as planned, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise,
3913 ** an SQLite error code.
3914 */
3915 static int pagerSyncHotJournal(Pager *pPager){
3916   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3917   if( !pPager->noSync ){
3918     rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL);
3919   }
3920   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3921     rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &pPager->journalHdr);
3922   }
3923   return rc;
3924 }
3925 
3926 /*
3927 ** Obtain a reference to a memory mapped page object for page number pgno.
3928 ** The new object will use the pointer pData, obtained from xFetch().
3929 ** If successful, set *ppPage to point to the new page reference
3930 ** and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return an SQLite error code and set
3931 ** *ppPage to zero.
3932 **
3933 ** Page references obtained by calling this function should be released
3934 ** by calling pagerReleaseMapPage().
3935 */
3936 static int pagerAcquireMapPage(
3937   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
3938   Pgno pgno,                      /* Page number */
3939   void *pData,                    /* xFetch()'d data for this page */
3940   PgHdr **ppPage                  /* OUT: Acquired page object */
3941 ){
3942   PgHdr *p;                       /* Memory mapped page to return */
3943 
3944   if( pPager->pMmapFreelist ){
3945     *ppPage = p = pPager->pMmapFreelist;
3946     pPager->pMmapFreelist = p->pDirty;
3947     p->pDirty = 0;
3948     memset(p->pExtra, 0, pPager->nExtra);
3949   }else{
3950     *ppPage = p = (PgHdr *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(PgHdr) + pPager->nExtra);
3951     if( p==0 ){
3952       sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pData);
3953       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
3954     }
3955     p->pExtra = (void *)&p[1];
3956     p->flags = PGHDR_MMAP;
3957     p->nRef = 1;
3958     p->pPager = pPager;
3959   }
3960 
3961   assert( p->pExtra==(void *)&p[1] );
3962   assert( p->pPage==0 );
3963   assert( p->flags==PGHDR_MMAP );
3964   assert( p->pPager==pPager );
3965   assert( p->nRef==1 );
3966 
3967   p->pgno = pgno;
3968   p->pData = pData;
3969   pPager->nMmapOut++;
3970 
3971   return SQLITE_OK;
3972 }
3973 
3974 /*
3975 ** Release a reference to page pPg. pPg must have been returned by an
3976 ** earlier call to pagerAcquireMapPage().
3977 */
3978 static void pagerReleaseMapPage(PgHdr *pPg){
3979   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
3980   pPager->nMmapOut--;
3981   pPg->pDirty = pPager->pMmapFreelist;
3982   pPager->pMmapFreelist = pPg;
3983 
3984   assert( pPager->fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 );
3985   sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pPg->pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pPg->pData);
3986 }
3987 
3988 /*
3989 ** Free all PgHdr objects stored in the Pager.pMmapFreelist list.
3990 */
3991 static void pagerFreeMapHdrs(Pager *pPager){
3992   PgHdr *p;
3993   PgHdr *pNext;
3994   for(p=pPager->pMmapFreelist; p; p=pNext){
3995     pNext = p->pDirty;
3996     sqlite3_free(p);
3997   }
3998 }
3999 
4000 
4001 /*
4002 ** Shutdown the page cache.  Free all memory and close all files.
4003 **
4004 ** If a transaction was in progress when this routine is called, that
4005 ** transaction is rolled back.  All outstanding pages are invalidated
4006 ** and their memory is freed.  Any attempt to use a page associated
4007 ** with this page cache after this function returns will likely
4008 ** result in a coredump.
4009 **
4010 ** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt
4011 ** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback
4012 ** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned
4013 ** to the caller.
4014 */
4015 int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager){
4016   u8 *pTmp = (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace;
4017 
4018   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4019   disable_simulated_io_errors();
4020   sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
4021   pagerFreeMapHdrs(pPager);
4022   /* pPager->errCode = 0; */
4023   pPager->exclusiveMode = 0;
4024 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4025   sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, pTmp);
4026   pPager->pWal = 0;
4027 #endif
4028   pager_reset(pPager);
4029   if( MEMDB ){
4030     pager_unlock(pPager);
4031   }else{
4032     /* If it is open, sync the journal file before calling UnlockAndRollback.
4033     ** If this is not done, then an unsynced portion of the open journal
4034     ** file may be played back into the database. If a power failure occurs
4035     ** while this is happening, the database could become corrupt.
4036     **
4037     ** If an error occurs while trying to sync the journal, shift the pager
4038     ** into the ERROR state. This causes UnlockAndRollback to unlock the
4039     ** database and close the journal file without attempting to roll it
4040     ** back or finalize it. The next database user will have to do hot-journal
4041     ** rollback before accessing the database file.
4042     */
4043     if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
4044       pager_error(pPager, pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager));
4045     }
4046     pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
4047   }
4048   sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
4049   enable_simulated_io_errors();
4050   PAGERTRACE(("CLOSE %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
4051   IOTRACE(("CLOSE %p\n", pPager))
4052   sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
4053   sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
4054   sqlite3PageFree(pTmp);
4055   sqlite3PcacheClose(pPager->pPCache);
4056 
4057 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
4058   if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec);
4059 #endif
4060 
4061   assert( !pPager->aSavepoint && !pPager->pInJournal );
4062   assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) && !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) );
4063 
4064   sqlite3_free(pPager);
4065   return SQLITE_OK;
4066 }
4067 
4068 #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
4069 /*
4070 ** Return the page number for page pPg.
4071 */
4072 Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage *pPg){
4073   return pPg->pgno;
4074 }
4075 #endif
4076 
4077 /*
4078 ** Increment the reference count for page pPg.
4079 */
4080 void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage *pPg){
4081   sqlite3PcacheRef(pPg);
4082 }
4083 
4084 /*
4085 ** Sync the journal. In other words, make sure all the pages that have
4086 ** been written to the journal have actually reached the surface of the
4087 ** disk and can be restored in the event of a hot-journal rollback.
4088 **
4089 ** If the Pager.noSync flag is set, then this function is a no-op.
4090 ** Otherwise, the actions required depend on the journal-mode and the
4091 ** device characteristics of the file-system, as follows:
4092 **
4093 **   * If the journal file is an in-memory journal file, no action need
4094 **     be taken.
4095 **
4096 **   * Otherwise, if the device does not support the SAFE_APPEND property,
4097 **     then the nRec field of the most recently written journal header
4098 **     is updated to contain the number of journal records that have
4099 **     been written following it. If the pager is operating in full-sync
4100 **     mode, then the journal file is synced before this field is updated.
4101 **
4102 **   * If the device does not support the SEQUENTIAL property, then
4103 **     journal file is synced.
4104 **
4105 ** Or, in pseudo-code:
4106 **
4107 **   if( NOT <in-memory journal> ){
4108 **     if( NOT SAFE_APPEND ){
4109 **       if( <full-sync mode> ) xSync(<journal file>);
4110 **       <update nRec field>
4111 **     }
4112 **     if( NOT SEQUENTIAL ) xSync(<journal file>);
4113 **   }
4114 **
4115 ** If successful, this routine clears the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag of every
4116 ** page currently held in memory before returning SQLITE_OK. If an IO
4117 ** error is encountered, then the IO error code is returned to the caller.
4118 */
4119 static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager, int newHdr){
4120   int rc;                         /* Return code */
4121 
4122   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
4123        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
4124   );
4125   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4126   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4127 
4128   rc = sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
4129   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4130 
4131   if( !pPager->noSync ){
4132     assert( !pPager->tempFile );
4133     if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
4134       const int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
4135       assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
4136 
4137       if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
4138         /* This block deals with an obscure problem. If the last connection
4139         ** that wrote to this database was operating in persistent-journal
4140         ** mode, then the journal file may at this point actually be larger
4141         ** than Pager.journalOff bytes. If the next thing in the journal
4142         ** file happens to be a journal-header (written as part of the
4143         ** previous connection's transaction), and a crash or power-failure
4144         ** occurs after nRec is updated but before this connection writes
4145         ** anything else to the journal file (or commits/rolls back its
4146         ** transaction), then SQLite may become confused when doing the
4147         ** hot-journal rollback following recovery. It may roll back all
4148         ** of this connections data, then proceed to rolling back the old,
4149         ** out-of-date data that follows it. Database corruption.
4150         **
4151         ** To work around this, if the journal file does appear to contain
4152         ** a valid header following Pager.journalOff, then write a 0x00
4153         ** byte to the start of it to prevent it from being recognized.
4154         **
4155         ** Variable iNextHdrOffset is set to the offset at which this
4156         ** problematic header will occur, if it exists. aMagic is used
4157         ** as a temporary buffer to inspect the first couple of bytes of
4158         ** the potential journal header.
4159         */
4160         i64 iNextHdrOffset;
4161         u8 aMagic[8];
4162         u8 zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4];
4163 
4164         memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
4165         put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], pPager->nRec);
4166 
4167         iNextHdrOffset = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
4168         rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, 8, iNextHdrOffset);
4169         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) ){
4170           static const u8 zerobyte = 0;
4171           rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, &zerobyte, 1, iNextHdrOffset);
4172         }
4173         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
4174           return rc;
4175         }
4176 
4177         /* Write the nRec value into the journal file header. If in
4178         ** full-synchronous mode, sync the journal first. This ensures that
4179         ** all data has really hit the disk before nRec is updated to mark
4180         ** it as a candidate for rollback.
4181         **
4182         ** This is not required if the persistent media supports the
4183         ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible
4184         ** for garbage data to be appended to the file, the nRec field
4185         ** is populated with 0xFFFFFFFF when the journal header is written
4186         ** and never needs to be updated.
4187         */
4188         if( pPager->fullSync && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
4189           PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
4190           IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
4191           rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags);
4192           if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4193         }
4194         IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr));
4195         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(
4196             pPager->jfd, zHeader, sizeof(zHeader), pPager->journalHdr
4197         );
4198         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4199       }
4200       if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
4201         PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
4202         IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
4203         rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags|
4204           (pPager->syncFlags==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL?SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY:0)
4205         );
4206         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4207       }
4208 
4209       pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
4210       if( newHdr && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
4211         pPager->nRec = 0;
4212         rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
4213         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4214       }
4215     }else{
4216       pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
4217     }
4218   }
4219 
4220   /* Unless the pager is in noSync mode, the journal file was just
4221   ** successfully synced. Either way, clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag on
4222   ** all pages.
4223   */
4224   sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(pPager->pPCache);
4225   pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD;
4226   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4227   return SQLITE_OK;
4228 }
4229 
4230 /*
4231 ** The argument is the first in a linked list of dirty pages connected
4232 ** by the PgHdr.pDirty pointer. This function writes each one of the
4233 ** in-memory pages in the list to the database file. The argument may
4234 ** be NULL, representing an empty list. In this case this function is
4235 ** a no-op.
4236 **
4237 ** The pager must hold at least a RESERVED lock when this function
4238 ** is called. Before writing anything to the database file, this lock
4239 ** is upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock. If the lock cannot be obtained,
4240 ** SQLITE_BUSY is returned and no data is written to the database file.
4241 **
4242 ** If the pager is a temp-file pager and the actual file-system file
4243 ** is not yet open, it is created and opened before any data is
4244 ** written out.
4245 **
4246 ** Once the lock has been upgraded and, if necessary, the file opened,
4247 ** the pages are written out to the database file in list order. Writing
4248 ** a page is skipped if it meets either of the following criteria:
4249 **
4250 **   * The page number is greater than Pager.dbSize, or
4251 **   * The PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag is set on the page.
4252 **
4253 ** If writing out a page causes the database file to grow, Pager.dbFileSize
4254 ** is updated accordingly. If page 1 is written out, then the value cached
4255 ** in Pager.dbFileVers[] is updated to match the new value stored in
4256 ** the database file.
4257 **
4258 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error
4259 ** occurs, an IO error code is returned. Or, if the EXCLUSIVE lock cannot
4260 ** be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY is returned.
4261 */
4262 static int pager_write_pagelist(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pList){
4263   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
4264 
4265   /* This function is only called for rollback pagers in WRITER_DBMOD state. */
4266   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4267   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD );
4268   assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
4269 
4270   /* If the file is a temp-file has not yet been opened, open it now. It
4271   ** is not possible for rc to be other than SQLITE_OK if this branch
4272   ** is taken, as pager_wait_on_lock() is a no-op for temp-files.
4273   */
4274   if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
4275     assert( pPager->tempFile && rc==SQLITE_OK );
4276     rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->fd, pPager->vfsFlags);
4277   }
4278 
4279   /* Before the first write, give the VFS a hint of what the final
4280   ** file size will be.
4281   */
4282   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->fd) );
4283   if( rc==SQLITE_OK
4284    && pPager->dbHintSize<pPager->dbSize
4285    && (pList->pDirty || pList->pgno>pPager->dbHintSize)
4286   ){
4287     sqlite3_int64 szFile = pPager->pageSize * (sqlite3_int64)pPager->dbSize;
4288     sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &szFile);
4289     pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize;
4290   }
4291 
4292   while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){
4293     Pgno pgno = pList->pgno;
4294 
4295     /* If there are dirty pages in the page cache with page numbers greater
4296     ** than Pager.dbSize, this means sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() was called to
4297     ** make the file smaller (presumably by auto-vacuum code). Do not write
4298     ** any such pages to the file.
4299     **
4300     ** Also, do not write out any page that has the PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag
4301     ** set (set by sqlite3PagerDontWrite()).
4302     */
4303     if( pgno<=pPager->dbSize && 0==(pList->flags&PGHDR_DONT_WRITE) ){
4304       i64 offset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;   /* Offset to write */
4305       char *pData;                                   /* Data to write */
4306 
4307       assert( (pList->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
4308       if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
4309 
4310       /* Encode the database */
4311       CODEC2(pPager, pList->pData, pgno, 6, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData);
4312 
4313       /* Write out the page data. */
4314       rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pData, pPager->pageSize, offset);
4315 
4316       /* If page 1 was just written, update Pager.dbFileVers to match
4317       ** the value now stored in the database file. If writing this
4318       ** page caused the database file to grow, update dbFileSize.
4319       */
4320       if( pgno==1 ){
4321         memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &pData[24], sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
4322       }
4323       if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
4324         pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
4325       }
4326       pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++;
4327 
4328       /* Update any backup objects copying the contents of this pager. */
4329       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)pList->pData);
4330 
4331       PAGERTRACE(("STORE %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
4332                    PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pList)));
4333       IOTRACE(("PGOUT %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
4334       PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writedb_count);
4335     }else{
4336       PAGERTRACE(("NOSTORE %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pgno));
4337     }
4338     pager_set_pagehash(pList);
4339     pList = pList->pDirty;
4340   }
4341 
4342   return rc;
4343 }
4344 
4345 /*
4346 ** Ensure that the sub-journal file is open. If it is already open, this
4347 ** function is a no-op.
4348 **
4349 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan. An
4350 ** SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to sqlite3OsOpen()
4351 ** fails.
4352 */
4353 static int openSubJournal(Pager *pPager){
4354   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4355   if( !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
4356     if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || pPager->subjInMemory ){
4357       sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->sjfd);
4358     }else{
4359       rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->sjfd, SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL);
4360     }
4361   }
4362   return rc;
4363 }
4364 
4365 /*
4366 ** Append a record of the current state of page pPg to the sub-journal.
4367 **
4368 ** If successful, set the bit corresponding to pPg->pgno in the bitvecs
4369 ** for all open savepoints before returning.
4370 **
4371 ** This function returns SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, an IO
4372 ** error code if the attempt to write to the sub-journal fails, or
4373 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails while setting a bit in a savepoint
4374 ** bitvec.
4375 */
4376 static int subjournalPage(PgHdr *pPg){
4377   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4378   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
4379   if( pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
4380 
4381     /* Open the sub-journal, if it has not already been opened */
4382     assert( pPager->useJournal );
4383     assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4384     assert( isOpen(pPager->sjfd) || pPager->nSubRec==0 );
4385     assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)
4386          || pageInJournal(pPager, pPg)
4387          || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize
4388     );
4389     rc = openSubJournal(pPager);
4390 
4391     /* If the sub-journal was opened successfully (or was already open),
4392     ** write the journal record into the file.  */
4393     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4394       void *pData = pPg->pData;
4395       i64 offset = (i64)pPager->nSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
4396       char *pData2;
4397 
4398       CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData2);
4399       PAGERTRACE(("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
4400       rc = write32bits(pPager->sjfd, offset, pPg->pgno);
4401       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4402         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->sjfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, offset+4);
4403       }
4404     }
4405   }
4406   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4407     pPager->nSubRec++;
4408     assert( pPager->nSavepoint>0 );
4409     rc = addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno);
4410   }
4411   return rc;
4412 }
4413 static int subjournalPageIfRequired(PgHdr *pPg){
4414   if( subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){
4415     return subjournalPage(pPg);
4416   }else{
4417     return SQLITE_OK;
4418   }
4419 }
4420 
4421 /*
4422 ** This function is called by the pcache layer when it has reached some
4423 ** soft memory limit. The first argument is a pointer to a Pager object
4424 ** (cast as a void*). The pager is always 'purgeable' (not an in-memory
4425 ** database). The second argument is a reference to a page that is
4426 ** currently dirty but has no outstanding references. The page
4427 ** is always associated with the Pager object passed as the first
4428 ** argument.
4429 **
4430 ** The job of this function is to make pPg clean by writing its contents
4431 ** out to the database file, if possible. This may involve syncing the
4432 ** journal file.
4433 **
4434 ** If successful, sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is called on the page and
4435 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying to make the
4436 ** page clean, the IO error code is returned. If the page cannot be
4437 ** made clean for some other reason, but no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK
4438 ** is returned by sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is not called.
4439 */
4440 static int pagerStress(void *p, PgHdr *pPg){
4441   Pager *pPager = (Pager *)p;
4442   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4443 
4444   assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
4445   assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
4446 
4447   /* The doNotSpill NOSYNC bit is set during times when doing a sync of
4448   ** journal (and adding a new header) is not allowed.  This occurs
4449   ** during calls to sqlite3PagerWrite() while trying to journal multiple
4450   ** pages belonging to the same sector.
4451   **
4452   ** The doNotSpill ROLLBACK and OFF bits inhibits all cache spilling
4453   ** regardless of whether or not a sync is required.  This is set during
4454   ** a rollback or by user request, respectively.
4455   **
4456   ** Spilling is also prohibited when in an error state since that could
4457   ** lead to database corruption.   In the current implementation it
4458   ** is impossible for sqlite3PcacheFetch() to be called with createFlag==3
4459   ** while in the error state, hence it is impossible for this routine to
4460   ** be called in the error state.  Nevertheless, we include a NEVER()
4461   ** test for the error state as a safeguard against future changes.
4462   */
4463   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return SQLITE_OK;
4464   testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK );
4465   testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_OFF );
4466   testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC );
4467   if( pPager->doNotSpill
4468    && ((pPager->doNotSpill & (SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK|SPILLFLAG_OFF))!=0
4469       || (pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0)
4470   ){
4471     return SQLITE_OK;
4472   }
4473 
4474   pPg->pDirty = 0;
4475   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
4476     /* Write a single frame for this page to the log. */
4477     rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg);
4478     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4479       rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pPg, 0, 0);
4480     }
4481   }else{
4482 
4483     /* Sync the journal file if required. */
4484     if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
4485      || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
4486     ){
4487       rc = syncJournal(pPager, 1);
4488     }
4489 
4490     /* Write the contents of the page out to the database file. */
4491     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4492       assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
4493       rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pPg);
4494     }
4495   }
4496 
4497   /* Mark the page as clean. */
4498   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4499     PAGERTRACE(("STRESS %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
4500     sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg);
4501   }
4502 
4503   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
4504 }
4505 
4506 /*
4507 ** Flush all unreferenced dirty pages to disk.
4508 */
4509 int sqlite3PagerFlush(Pager *pPager){
4510   int rc = pPager->errCode;
4511   if( !MEMDB ){
4512     PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
4513     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4514     while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){
4515       PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty;
4516       if( pList->nRef==0 ){
4517         rc = pagerStress((void*)pPager, pList);
4518       }
4519       pList = pNext;
4520     }
4521   }
4522 
4523   return rc;
4524 }
4525 
4526 /*
4527 ** Allocate and initialize a new Pager object and put a pointer to it
4528 ** in *ppPager. The pager should eventually be freed by passing it
4529 ** to sqlite3PagerClose().
4530 **
4531 ** The zFilename argument is the path to the database file to open.
4532 ** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created
4533 ** and used as the file to be cached. Temporary files are be deleted
4534 ** automatically when they are closed. If zFilename is ":memory:" then
4535 ** all information is held in cache. It is never written to disk.
4536 ** This can be used to implement an in-memory database.
4537 **
4538 ** The nExtra parameter specifies the number of bytes of space allocated
4539 ** along with each page reference. This space is available to the user
4540 ** via the sqlite3PagerGetExtra() API.
4541 **
4542 ** The flags argument is used to specify properties that affect the
4543 ** operation of the pager. It should be passed some bitwise combination
4544 ** of the PAGER_* flags.
4545 **
4546 ** The vfsFlags parameter is a bitmask to pass to the flags parameter
4547 ** of the xOpen() method of the supplied VFS when opening files.
4548 **
4549 ** If the pager object is allocated and the specified file opened
4550 ** successfully, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppPager set to point to
4551 ** the new pager object. If an error occurs, *ppPager is set to NULL
4552 ** and error code returned. This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM
4553 ** (sqlite3Malloc() is used to allocate memory), SQLITE_CANTOPEN or
4554 ** various SQLITE_IO_XXX errors.
4555 */
4556 int sqlite3PagerOpen(
4557   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,       /* The virtual file system to use */
4558   Pager **ppPager,         /* OUT: Return the Pager structure here */
4559   const char *zFilename,   /* Name of the database file to open */
4560   int nExtra,              /* Extra bytes append to each in-memory page */
4561   int flags,               /* flags controlling this file */
4562   int vfsFlags,            /* flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
4563   void (*xReinit)(DbPage*) /* Function to reinitialize pages */
4564 ){
4565   u8 *pPtr;
4566   Pager *pPager = 0;       /* Pager object to allocate and return */
4567   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Return code */
4568   int tempFile = 0;        /* True for temp files (incl. in-memory files) */
4569   int memDb = 0;           /* True if this is an in-memory file */
4570   int readOnly = 0;        /* True if this is a read-only file */
4571   int journalFileSize;     /* Bytes to allocate for each journal fd */
4572   char *zPathname = 0;     /* Full path to database file */
4573   int nPathname = 0;       /* Number of bytes in zPathname */
4574   int useJournal = (flags & PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL)==0; /* False to omit journal */
4575   int pcacheSize = sqlite3PcacheSize();       /* Bytes to allocate for PCache */
4576   u32 szPageDflt = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;  /* Default page size */
4577   const char *zUri = 0;    /* URI args to copy */
4578   int nUri = 0;            /* Number of bytes of URI args at *zUri */
4579 
4580   /* Figure out how much space is required for each journal file-handle
4581   ** (there are two of them, the main journal and the sub-journal). This
4582   ** is the maximum space required for an in-memory journal file handle
4583   ** and a regular journal file-handle. Note that a "regular journal-handle"
4584   ** may be a wrapper capable of caching the first portion of the journal
4585   ** file in memory to implement the atomic-write optimization (see
4586   ** source file journal.c).
4587   */
4588   if( sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs)>sqlite3MemJournalSize() ){
4589     journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs));
4590   }else{
4591     journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3MemJournalSize());
4592   }
4593 
4594   /* Set the output variable to NULL in case an error occurs. */
4595   *ppPager = 0;
4596 
4597 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
4598   if( flags & PAGER_MEMORY ){
4599     memDb = 1;
4600     if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4601       zPathname = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, zFilename);
4602       if( zPathname==0  ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
4603       nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname);
4604       zFilename = 0;
4605     }
4606   }
4607 #endif
4608 
4609   /* Compute and store the full pathname in an allocated buffer pointed
4610   ** to by zPathname, length nPathname. Or, if this is a temporary file,
4611   ** leave both nPathname and zPathname set to 0.
4612   */
4613   if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4614     const char *z;
4615     nPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
4616     zPathname = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, nPathname*2);
4617     if( zPathname==0 ){
4618       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
4619     }
4620     zPathname[0] = 0; /* Make sure initialized even if FullPathname() fails */
4621     rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nPathname, zPathname);
4622     nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname);
4623     z = zUri = &zFilename[sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)+1];
4624     while( *z ){
4625       z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1;
4626       z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1;
4627     }
4628     nUri = (int)(&z[1] - zUri);
4629     assert( nUri>=0 );
4630     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nPathname+8>pVfs->mxPathname ){
4631       /* This branch is taken when the journal path required by
4632       ** the database being opened will be more than pVfs->mxPathname
4633       ** bytes in length. This means the database cannot be opened,
4634       ** as it will not be possible to open the journal file or even
4635       ** check for a hot-journal before reading.
4636       */
4637       rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
4638     }
4639     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4640       sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
4641       return rc;
4642     }
4643   }
4644 
4645   /* Allocate memory for the Pager structure, PCache object, the
4646   ** three file descriptors, the database file name and the journal
4647   ** file name. The layout in memory is as follows:
4648   **
4649   **     Pager object                    (sizeof(Pager) bytes)
4650   **     PCache object                   (sqlite3PcacheSize() bytes)
4651   **     Database file handle            (pVfs->szOsFile bytes)
4652   **     Sub-journal file handle         (journalFileSize bytes)
4653   **     Main journal file handle        (journalFileSize bytes)
4654   **     Database file name              (nPathname+1 bytes)
4655   **     Journal file name               (nPathname+8+1 bytes)
4656   */
4657   pPtr = (u8 *)sqlite3MallocZero(
4658     ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)) +      /* Pager structure */
4659     ROUND8(pcacheSize) +           /* PCache object */
4660     ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile) +       /* The main db file */
4661     journalFileSize * 2 +          /* The two journal files */
4662     nPathname + 1 + nUri +         /* zFilename */
4663     nPathname + 8 + 2              /* zJournal */
4664 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4665     + nPathname + 4 + 2            /* zWal */
4666 #endif
4667   );
4668   assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(journalFileSize)) );
4669   if( !pPtr ){
4670     sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
4671     return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
4672   }
4673   pPager =              (Pager*)(pPtr);
4674   pPager->pPCache =    (PCache*)(pPtr += ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)));
4675   pPager->fd =   (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pcacheSize));
4676   pPager->sjfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile));
4677   pPager->jfd =  (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += journalFileSize);
4678   pPager->zFilename =    (char*)(pPtr += journalFileSize);
4679   assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pPager->jfd) );
4680 
4681   /* Fill in the Pager.zFilename and Pager.zJournal buffers, if required. */
4682   if( zPathname ){
4683     assert( nPathname>0 );
4684     pPager->zJournal =   (char*)(pPtr += nPathname + 1 + nUri);
4685     memcpy(pPager->zFilename, zPathname, nPathname);
4686     if( nUri ) memcpy(&pPager->zFilename[nPathname+1], zUri, nUri);
4687     memcpy(pPager->zJournal, zPathname, nPathname);
4688     memcpy(&pPager->zJournal[nPathname], "-journal\000", 8+2);
4689     sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zJournal);
4690 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4691     pPager->zWal = &pPager->zJournal[nPathname+8+1];
4692     memcpy(pPager->zWal, zPathname, nPathname);
4693     memcpy(&pPager->zWal[nPathname], "-wal\000", 4+1);
4694     sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zWal);
4695 #endif
4696     sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
4697   }
4698   pPager->pVfs = pVfs;
4699   pPager->vfsFlags = vfsFlags;
4700 
4701   /* Open the pager file.
4702   */
4703   if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4704     int fout = 0;                    /* VFS flags returned by xOpen() */
4705     rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zFilename, pPager->fd, vfsFlags, &fout);
4706     assert( !memDb );
4707     readOnly = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
4708 
4709     /* If the file was successfully opened for read/write access,
4710     ** choose a default page size in case we have to create the
4711     ** database file. The default page size is the maximum of:
4712     **
4713     **    + SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE,
4714     **    + The value returned by sqlite3OsSectorSize()
4715     **    + The largest page size that can be written atomically.
4716     */
4717     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4718       int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
4719       if( !readOnly ){
4720         setSectorSize(pPager);
4721         assert(SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE);
4722         if( szPageDflt<pPager->sectorSize ){
4723           if( pPager->sectorSize>SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE ){
4724             szPageDflt = SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;
4725           }else{
4726             szPageDflt = (u32)pPager->sectorSize;
4727           }
4728         }
4729 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
4730         {
4731           int ii;
4732           assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
4733           assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
4734           assert(SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=65536);
4735           for(ii=szPageDflt; ii<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; ii=ii*2){
4736             if( iDc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(ii>>8)) ){
4737               szPageDflt = ii;
4738             }
4739           }
4740         }
4741 #endif
4742       }
4743       pPager->noLock = sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "nolock", 0);
4744       if( (iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE)!=0
4745        || sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "immutable", 0) ){
4746           vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY;
4747           goto act_like_temp_file;
4748       }
4749     }
4750   }else{
4751     /* If a temporary file is requested, it is not opened immediately.
4752     ** In this case we accept the default page size and delay actually
4753     ** opening the file until the first call to OsWrite().
4754     **
4755     ** This branch is also run for an in-memory database. An in-memory
4756     ** database is the same as a temp-file that is never written out to
4757     ** disk and uses an in-memory rollback journal.
4758     **
4759     ** This branch also runs for files marked as immutable.
4760     */
4761 act_like_temp_file:
4762     tempFile = 1;
4763     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;     /* Pretend we already have a lock */
4764     pPager->eLock = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK;    /* Pretend we are in EXCLUSIVE mode */
4765     pPager->noLock = 1;                /* Do no locking */
4766     readOnly = (vfsFlags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
4767   }
4768 
4769   /* The following call to PagerSetPagesize() serves to set the value of
4770   ** Pager.pageSize and to allocate the Pager.pTmpSpace buffer.
4771   */
4772   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4773     assert( pPager->memDb==0 );
4774     rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &szPageDflt, -1);
4775     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
4776   }
4777 
4778   /* Initialize the PCache object. */
4779   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4780     assert( nExtra<1000 );
4781     nExtra = ROUND8(nExtra);
4782     rc = sqlite3PcacheOpen(szPageDflt, nExtra, !memDb,
4783                        !memDb?pagerStress:0, (void *)pPager, pPager->pPCache);
4784   }
4785 
4786   /* If an error occurred above, free the  Pager structure and close the file.
4787   */
4788   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4789     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
4790     sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
4791     sqlite3_free(pPager);
4792     return rc;
4793   }
4794 
4795   PAGERTRACE(("OPEN %d %s\n", FILEHANDLEID(pPager->fd), pPager->zFilename));
4796   IOTRACE(("OPEN %p %s\n", pPager, pPager->zFilename))
4797 
4798   pPager->useJournal = (u8)useJournal;
4799   /* pPager->stmtOpen = 0; */
4800   /* pPager->stmtInUse = 0; */
4801   /* pPager->nRef = 0; */
4802   /* pPager->stmtSize = 0; */
4803   /* pPager->stmtJSize = 0; */
4804   /* pPager->nPage = 0; */
4805   pPager->mxPgno = SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT;
4806   /* pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; */
4807   /* pPager->errMask = 0; */
4808   pPager->tempFile = (u8)tempFile;
4809   assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
4810           || tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
4811   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE==1 );
4812   pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)tempFile;
4813   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
4814   pPager->memDb = (u8)memDb;
4815   pPager->readOnly = (u8)readOnly;
4816   assert( useJournal || pPager->tempFile );
4817   pPager->noSync = pPager->tempFile;
4818   if( pPager->noSync ){
4819     assert( pPager->fullSync==0 );
4820     assert( pPager->extraSync==0 );
4821     assert( pPager->syncFlags==0 );
4822     assert( pPager->walSyncFlags==0 );
4823     assert( pPager->ckptSyncFlags==0 );
4824   }else{
4825     pPager->fullSync = 1;
4826 #if SQLITE_EXTRA_DURABLE
4827     pPager->extraSync = 1;
4828 #else
4829     pPager->extraSync = 0;
4830 #endif
4831     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
4832     pPager->walSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL | WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS;
4833     pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
4834   }
4835   /* pPager->pFirst = 0; */
4836   /* pPager->pFirstSynced = 0; */
4837   /* pPager->pLast = 0; */
4838   pPager->nExtra = (u16)nExtra;
4839   pPager->journalSizeLimit = SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT;
4840   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || tempFile );
4841   setSectorSize(pPager);
4842   if( !useJournal ){
4843     pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF;
4844   }else if( memDb ){
4845     pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY;
4846   }
4847   /* pPager->xBusyHandler = 0; */
4848   /* pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = 0; */
4849   pPager->xReiniter = xReinit;
4850   /* memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash)); */
4851   /* pPager->szMmap = SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE // will be set by btree.c */
4852 
4853   *ppPager = pPager;
4854   return SQLITE_OK;
4855 }
4856 
4857 
4858 /* Verify that the database file has not be deleted or renamed out from
4859 ** under the pager.  Return SQLITE_OK if the database is still were it ought
4860 ** to be on disk.  Return non-zero (SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED or some other error
4861 ** code from sqlite3OsAccess()) if the database has gone missing.
4862 */
4863 static int databaseIsUnmoved(Pager *pPager){
4864   int bHasMoved = 0;
4865   int rc;
4866 
4867   if( pPager->tempFile ) return SQLITE_OK;
4868   if( pPager->dbSize==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
4869   assert( pPager->zFilename && pPager->zFilename[0] );
4870   rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED, &bHasMoved);
4871   if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){
4872     /* If the HAS_MOVED file-control is unimplemented, assume that the file
4873     ** has not been moved.  That is the historical behavior of SQLite: prior to
4874     ** version 3.8.3, it never checked */
4875     rc = SQLITE_OK;
4876   }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bHasMoved ){
4877     rc = SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED;
4878   }
4879   return rc;
4880 }
4881 
4882 
4883 /*
4884 ** This function is called after transitioning from PAGER_UNLOCK to
4885 ** PAGER_SHARED state. It tests if there is a hot journal present in
4886 ** the file-system for the given pager. A hot journal is one that
4887 ** needs to be played back. According to this function, a hot-journal
4888 ** file exists if the following criteria are met:
4889 **
4890 **   * The journal file exists in the file system, and
4891 **   * No process holds a RESERVED or greater lock on the database file, and
4892 **   * The database file itself is greater than 0 bytes in size, and
4893 **   * The first byte of the journal file exists and is not 0x00.
4894 **
4895 ** If the current size of the database file is 0 but a journal file
4896 ** exists, that is probably an old journal left over from a prior
4897 ** database with the same name. In this case the journal file is
4898 ** just deleted using OsDelete, *pExists is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK
4899 ** is returned.
4900 **
4901 ** This routine does not check if there is a master journal filename
4902 ** at the end of the file. If there is, and that master journal file
4903 ** does not exist, then the journal file is not really hot. In this
4904 ** case this routine will return a false-positive. The pager_playback()
4905 ** routine will discover that the journal file is not really hot and
4906 ** will not roll it back.
4907 **
4908 ** If a hot-journal file is found to exist, *pExists is set to 1 and
4909 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If no hot-journal file is present, *pExists is
4910 ** set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying
4911 ** to determine whether or not a hot-journal file exists, the IO error
4912 ** code is returned and the value of *pExists is undefined.
4913 */
4914 static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager, int *pExists){
4915   sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
4916   int rc = SQLITE_OK;           /* Return code */
4917   int exists = 1;               /* True if a journal file is present */
4918   int jrnlOpen = !!isOpen(pPager->jfd);
4919 
4920   assert( pPager->useJournal );
4921   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
4922   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
4923 
4924   assert( jrnlOpen==0 || ( sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->jfd) &
4925     SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN
4926   ));
4927 
4928   *pExists = 0;
4929   if( !jrnlOpen ){
4930     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
4931   }
4932   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exists ){
4933     int locked = 0;             /* True if some process holds a RESERVED lock */
4934 
4935     /* Race condition here:  Another process might have been holding the
4936     ** the RESERVED lock and have a journal open at the sqlite3OsAccess()
4937     ** call above, but then delete the journal and drop the lock before
4938     ** we get to the following sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock() call.  If that
4939     ** is the case, this routine might think there is a hot journal when
4940     ** in fact there is none.  This results in a false-positive which will
4941     ** be dealt with by the playback routine.  Ticket #3883.
4942     */
4943     rc = sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(pPager->fd, &locked);
4944     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !locked ){
4945       Pgno nPage;                 /* Number of pages in database file */
4946 
4947       rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
4948       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4949         /* If the database is zero pages in size, that means that either (1) the
4950         ** journal is a remnant from a prior database with the same name where
4951         ** the database file but not the journal was deleted, or (2) the initial
4952         ** transaction that populates a new database is being rolled back.
4953         ** In either case, the journal file can be deleted.  However, take care
4954         ** not to delete the journal file if it is already open due to
4955         ** journal_mode=PERSIST.
4956         */
4957         if( nPage==0 && !jrnlOpen ){
4958           sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
4959           if( pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK)==SQLITE_OK ){
4960             sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
4961             if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
4962           }
4963           sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
4964         }else{
4965           /* The journal file exists and no other connection has a reserved
4966           ** or greater lock on the database file. Now check that there is
4967           ** at least one non-zero bytes at the start of the journal file.
4968           ** If there is, then we consider this journal to be hot. If not,
4969           ** it can be ignored.
4970           */
4971           if( !jrnlOpen ){
4972             int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
4973             rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &f);
4974           }
4975           if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4976             u8 first = 0;
4977             rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, (void *)&first, 1, 0);
4978             if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
4979               rc = SQLITE_OK;
4980             }
4981             if( !jrnlOpen ){
4982               sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
4983             }
4984             *pExists = (first!=0);
4985           }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){
4986             /* If we cannot open the rollback journal file in order to see if
4987             ** it has a zero header, that might be due to an I/O error, or
4988             ** it might be due to the race condition described above and in
4989             ** ticket #3883.  Either way, assume that the journal is hot.
4990             ** This might be a false positive.  But if it is, then the
4991             ** automatic journal playback and recovery mechanism will deal
4992             ** with it under an EXCLUSIVE lock where we do not need to
4993             ** worry so much with race conditions.
4994             */
4995             *pExists = 1;
4996             rc = SQLITE_OK;
4997           }
4998         }
4999       }
5000     }
5001   }
5002 
5003   return rc;
5004 }
5005 
5006 /*
5007 ** This function is called to obtain a shared lock on the database file.
5008 ** It is illegal to call sqlite3PagerGet() until after this function
5009 ** has been successfully called. If a shared-lock is already held when
5010 ** this function is called, it is a no-op.
5011 **
5012 ** The following operations are also performed by this function.
5013 **
5014 **   1) If the pager is currently in PAGER_OPEN state (no lock held
5015 **      on the database file), then an attempt is made to obtain a
5016 **      SHARED lock on the database file. Immediately after obtaining
5017 **      the SHARED lock, the file-system is checked for a hot-journal,
5018 **      which is played back if present. Following any hot-journal
5019 **      rollback, the contents of the cache are validated by checking
5020 **      the 'change-counter' field of the database file header and
5021 **      discarded if they are found to be invalid.
5022 **
5023 **   2) If the pager is running in exclusive-mode, and there are currently
5024 **      no outstanding references to any pages, and is in the error state,
5025 **      then an attempt is made to clear the error state by discarding
5026 **      the contents of the page cache and rolling back any open journal
5027 **      file.
5028 **
5029 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error
5030 ** occurs while locking the database, checking for a hot-journal file or
5031 ** rolling back a journal file, the IO error code is returned.
5032 */
5033 int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){
5034   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                /* Return code */
5035 
5036   /* This routine is only called from b-tree and only when there are no
5037   ** outstanding pages. This implies that the pager state should either
5038   ** be OPEN or READER. READER is only possible if the pager is or was in
5039   ** exclusive access mode.
5040   */
5041   assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
5042   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5043   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
5044   if( NEVER(MEMDB && pPager->errCode) ){ return pPager->errCode; }
5045 
5046   if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ){
5047     int bHotJournal = 1;          /* True if there exists a hot journal-file */
5048 
5049     assert( !MEMDB );
5050 
5051     rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
5052     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5053       assert( pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK );
5054       goto failed;
5055     }
5056 
5057     /* If a journal file exists, and there is no RESERVED lock on the
5058     ** database file, then it either needs to be played back or deleted.
5059     */
5060     if( pPager->eLock<=SHARED_LOCK ){
5061       rc = hasHotJournal(pPager, &bHotJournal);
5062     }
5063     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5064       goto failed;
5065     }
5066     if( bHotJournal ){
5067       if( pPager->readOnly ){
5068         rc = SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK;
5069         goto failed;
5070       }
5071 
5072       /* Get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. At this point it is
5073       ** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the
5074       ** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the
5075       ** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the
5076       ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling the
5077       ** hot-journal back.
5078       **
5079       ** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, any
5080       ** other process attempting to access the database file will get to
5081       ** this point in the code and fail to obtain its own EXCLUSIVE lock
5082       ** on the database file.
5083       **
5084       ** Unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, the lock is
5085       ** downgraded to SHARED_LOCK before this function returns.
5086       */
5087       rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5088       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5089         goto failed;
5090       }
5091 
5092       /* If it is not already open and the file exists on disk, open the
5093       ** journal for read/write access. Write access is required because
5094       ** in exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open
5095       ** and possibly used for a transaction later on. Also, write-access
5096       ** is usually required to finalize the journal in journal_mode=persist
5097       ** mode (and also for journal_mode=truncate on some systems).
5098       **
5099       ** If the journal does not exist, it usually means that some
5100       ** other connection managed to get in and roll it back before
5101       ** this connection obtained the exclusive lock above. Or, it
5102       ** may mean that the pager was in the error-state when this
5103       ** function was called and the journal file does not exist.
5104       */
5105       if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5106         sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
5107         int bExists;              /* True if journal file exists */
5108         rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
5109             pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &bExists);
5110         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bExists ){
5111           int fout = 0;
5112           int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
5113           assert( !pPager->tempFile );
5114           rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &fout);
5115           assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
5116           if( rc==SQLITE_OK && fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){
5117             rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
5118             sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
5119           }
5120         }
5121       }
5122 
5123       /* Playback and delete the journal.  Drop the database write
5124       ** lock and reacquire the read lock. Purge the cache before
5125       ** playing back the hot-journal so that we don't end up with
5126       ** an inconsistent cache.  Sync the hot journal before playing
5127       ** it back since the process that crashed and left the hot journal
5128       ** probably did not sync it and we are required to always sync
5129       ** the journal before playing it back.
5130       */
5131       if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5132         assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
5133         rc = pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager);
5134         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5135           rc = pager_playback(pPager, 1);
5136           pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
5137         }
5138       }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
5139         pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
5140       }
5141 
5142       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5143         /* This branch is taken if an error occurs while trying to open
5144         ** or roll back a hot-journal while holding an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
5145         ** pager_unlock() routine will be called before returning to unlock
5146         ** the file. If the unlock attempt fails, then Pager.eLock must be
5147         ** set to UNKNOWN_LOCK (see the comment above the #define for
5148         ** UNKNOWN_LOCK above for an explanation).
5149         **
5150         ** In order to get pager_unlock() to do this, set Pager.eState to
5151         ** PAGER_ERROR now. This is not actually counted as a transition
5152         ** to ERROR state in the state diagram at the top of this file,
5153         ** since we know that the same call to pager_unlock() will very
5154         ** shortly transition the pager object to the OPEN state. Calling
5155         ** assert_pager_state() would fail now, as it should not be possible
5156         ** to be in ERROR state when there are zero outstanding page
5157         ** references.
5158         */
5159         pager_error(pPager, rc);
5160         goto failed;
5161       }
5162 
5163       assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
5164       assert( (pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK)
5165            || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->eLock>SHARED_LOCK)
5166       );
5167     }
5168 
5169     if( !pPager->tempFile && pPager->hasHeldSharedLock ){
5170       /* The shared-lock has just been acquired then check to
5171       ** see if the database has been modified.  If the database has changed,
5172       ** flush the cache.  The hasHeldSharedLock flag prevents this from
5173       ** occurring on the very first access to a file, in order to save a
5174       ** single unnecessary sqlite3OsRead() call at the start-up.
5175       **
5176       ** Database changes are detected by looking at 15 bytes beginning
5177       ** at offset 24 into the file.  The first 4 of these 16 bytes are
5178       ** a 32-bit counter that is incremented with each change.  The
5179       ** other bytes change randomly with each file change when
5180       ** a codec is in use.
5181       **
5182       ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be
5183       ** detected.  The chance of an undetected change is so small that
5184       ** it can be neglected.
5185       */
5186       Pgno nPage = 0;
5187       char dbFileVers[sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)];
5188 
5189       rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
5190       if( rc ) goto failed;
5191 
5192       if( nPage>0 ){
5193         IOTRACE(("CKVERS %p %d\n", pPager, sizeof(dbFileVers)));
5194         rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, &dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers), 24);
5195         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
5196           goto failed;
5197         }
5198       }else{
5199         memset(dbFileVers, 0, sizeof(dbFileVers));
5200       }
5201 
5202       if( memcmp(pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers))!=0 ){
5203         pager_reset(pPager);
5204 
5205         /* Unmap the database file. It is possible that external processes
5206         ** may have truncated the database file and then extended it back
5207         ** to its original size while this process was not holding a lock.
5208         ** In this case there may exist a Pager.pMap mapping that appears
5209         ** to be the right size but is not actually valid. Avoid this
5210         ** possibility by unmapping the db here. */
5211         if( USEFETCH(pPager) ){
5212           sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
5213         }
5214       }
5215     }
5216 
5217     /* If there is a WAL file in the file-system, open this database in WAL
5218     ** mode. Otherwise, the following function call is a no-op.
5219     */
5220     rc = pagerOpenWalIfPresent(pPager);
5221 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
5222     assert( pPager->pWal==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
5223 #endif
5224   }
5225 
5226   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5227     assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
5228     rc = pagerBeginReadTransaction(pPager);
5229   }
5230 
5231   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5232     rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &pPager->dbSize);
5233   }
5234 
5235  failed:
5236   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5237     assert( !MEMDB );
5238     pager_unlock(pPager);
5239     assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
5240   }else{
5241     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
5242     pPager->hasHeldSharedLock = 1;
5243   }
5244   return rc;
5245 }
5246 
5247 /*
5248 ** If the reference count has reached zero, rollback any active
5249 ** transaction and unlock the pager.
5250 **
5251 ** Except, in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE when there is nothing to in
5252 ** the rollback journal, the unlock is not performed and there is
5253 ** nothing to rollback, so this routine is a no-op.
5254 */
5255 static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager *pPager){
5256   if( pPager->nMmapOut==0 && (sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0) ){
5257     pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
5258   }
5259 }
5260 
5261 /*
5262 ** Acquire a reference to page number pgno in pager pPager (a page
5263 ** reference has type DbPage*). If the requested reference is
5264 ** successfully obtained, it is copied to *ppPage and SQLITE_OK returned.
5265 **
5266 ** If the requested page is already in the cache, it is returned.
5267 ** Otherwise, a new page object is allocated and populated with data
5268 ** read from the database file. In some cases, the pcache module may
5269 ** choose not to allocate a new page object and may reuse an existing
5270 ** object with no outstanding references.
5271 **
5272 ** The extra data appended to a page is always initialized to zeros the
5273 ** first time a page is loaded into memory. If the page requested is
5274 ** already in the cache when this function is called, then the extra
5275 ** data is left as it was when the page object was last used.
5276 **
5277 ** If the database image is smaller than the requested page or if a
5278 ** non-zero value is passed as the noContent parameter and the
5279 ** requested page is not already stored in the cache, then no
5280 ** actual disk read occurs. In this case the memory image of the
5281 ** page is initialized to all zeros.
5282 **
5283 ** If noContent is true, it means that we do not care about the contents
5284 ** of the page. This occurs in two scenarios:
5285 **
5286 **   a) When reading a free-list leaf page from the database, and
5287 **
5288 **   b) When a savepoint is being rolled back and we need to load
5289 **      a new page into the cache to be filled with the data read
5290 **      from the savepoint journal.
5291 **
5292 ** If noContent is true, then the data returned is zeroed instead of
5293 ** being read from the database. Additionally, the bits corresponding
5294 ** to pgno in Pager.pInJournal (bitvec of pages already written to the
5295 ** journal file) and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs of any open
5296 ** savepoints are set. This means if the page is made writable at any
5297 ** point in the future, using a call to sqlite3PagerWrite(), its contents
5298 ** will not be journaled. This saves IO.
5299 **
5300 ** The acquisition might fail for several reasons.  In all cases,
5301 ** an appropriate error code is returned and *ppPage is set to NULL.
5302 **
5303 ** See also sqlite3PagerLookup().  Both this routine and Lookup() attempt
5304 ** to find a page in the in-memory cache first.  If the page is not already
5305 ** in memory, this routine goes to disk to read it in whereas Lookup()
5306 ** just returns 0.  This routine acquires a read-lock the first time it
5307 ** has to go to disk, and could also playback an old journal if necessary.
5308 ** Since Lookup() never goes to disk, it never has to deal with locks
5309 ** or journal files.
5310 */
5311 int sqlite3PagerGet(
5312   Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
5313   Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
5314   DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5315   int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5316 ){
5317   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5318   PgHdr *pPg = 0;
5319   u32 iFrame = 0;                 /* Frame to read from WAL file */
5320   const int noContent = (flags & PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT);
5321 
5322   /* It is acceptable to use a read-only (mmap) page for any page except
5323   ** page 1 if there is no write-transaction open or the ACQUIRE_READONLY
5324   ** flag was specified by the caller. And so long as the db is not a
5325   ** temporary or in-memory database.  */
5326   const int bMmapOk = (pgno>1 && USEFETCH(pPager)
5327    && (pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || (flags & PAGER_GET_READONLY))
5328 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
5329    && pPager->xCodec==0
5330 #endif
5331   );
5332 
5333   /* Optimization note:  Adding the "pgno<=1" term before "pgno==0" here
5334   ** allows the compiler optimizer to reuse the results of the "pgno>1"
5335   ** test in the previous statement, and avoid testing pgno==0 in the
5336   ** common case where pgno is large. */
5337   if( pgno<=1 && pgno==0 ){
5338     return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
5339   }
5340   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
5341   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5342   assert( noContent==0 || bMmapOk==0 );
5343 
5344   assert( pPager->hasHeldSharedLock==1 );
5345 
5346   /* If the pager is in the error state, return an error immediately.
5347   ** Otherwise, request the page from the PCache layer. */
5348   if( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK ){
5349     rc = pPager->errCode;
5350   }else{
5351     if( bMmapOk && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5352       rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame);
5353       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err;
5354     }
5355 
5356     if( bMmapOk && iFrame==0 ){
5357       void *pData = 0;
5358 
5359       rc = sqlite3OsFetch(pPager->fd,
5360           (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pPager->pageSize, &pData
5361       );
5362 
5363       if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pData ){
5364         if( pPager->eState>PAGER_READER ){
5365           pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
5366         }
5367         if( pPg==0 ){
5368           rc = pagerAcquireMapPage(pPager, pgno, pData, &pPg);
5369         }else{
5370           sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pData);
5371         }
5372         if( pPg ){
5373           assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
5374           *ppPage = pPg;
5375           return SQLITE_OK;
5376         }
5377       }
5378       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5379         goto pager_acquire_err;
5380       }
5381     }
5382 
5383     {
5384       sqlite3_pcache_page *pBase;
5385       pBase = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 3);
5386       if( pBase==0 ){
5387         rc = sqlite3PcacheFetchStress(pPager->pPCache, pgno, &pBase);
5388         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err;
5389         if( pBase==0 ){
5390           pPg = *ppPage = 0;
5391           rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
5392           goto pager_acquire_err;
5393         }
5394       }
5395       pPg = *ppPage = sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pBase);
5396       assert( pPg!=0 );
5397     }
5398   }
5399 
5400   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5401     /* Either the call to sqlite3PcacheFetch() returned an error or the
5402     ** pager was already in the error-state when this function was called.
5403     ** Set pPg to 0 and jump to the exception handler.  */
5404     pPg = 0;
5405     goto pager_acquire_err;
5406   }
5407   assert( pPg==(*ppPage) );
5408   assert( pPg->pgno==pgno );
5409   assert( pPg->pPager==pPager || pPg->pPager==0 );
5410 
5411   if( pPg->pPager && !noContent ){
5412     /* In this case the pcache already contains an initialized copy of
5413     ** the page. Return without further ado.  */
5414     assert( pgno<=PAGER_MAX_PGNO && pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
5415     pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT]++;
5416     return SQLITE_OK;
5417 
5418   }else{
5419     /* The pager cache has created a new page. Its content needs to
5420     ** be initialized.  */
5421 
5422     pPg->pPager = pPager;
5423 
5424     /* The maximum page number is 2^31. Return SQLITE_CORRUPT if a page
5425     ** number greater than this, or the unused locking-page, is requested. */
5426     if( pgno>PAGER_MAX_PGNO || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
5427       rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
5428       goto pager_acquire_err;
5429     }
5430 
5431     if( MEMDB || pPager->dbSize<pgno || noContent || !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
5432       if( pgno>pPager->mxPgno ){
5433         rc = SQLITE_FULL;
5434         goto pager_acquire_err;
5435       }
5436       if( noContent ){
5437         /* Failure to set the bits in the InJournal bit-vectors is benign.
5438         ** It merely means that we might do some extra work to journal a
5439         ** page that does not need to be journaled.  Nevertheless, be sure
5440         ** to test the case where a malloc error occurs while trying to set
5441         ** a bit in a bit vector.
5442         */
5443         sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
5444         if( pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
5445           TESTONLY( rc = ) sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pgno);
5446           testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5447         }
5448         TESTONLY( rc = ) addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pgno);
5449         testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5450         sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
5451       }
5452       memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize);
5453       IOTRACE(("ZERO %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
5454     }else{
5455       if( pagerUseWal(pPager) && bMmapOk==0 ){
5456         rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame);
5457         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err;
5458       }
5459       assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
5460       pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS]++;
5461       rc = readDbPage(pPg, iFrame);
5462       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5463         goto pager_acquire_err;
5464       }
5465     }
5466     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
5467   }
5468 
5469   return SQLITE_OK;
5470 
5471 pager_acquire_err:
5472   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
5473   if( pPg ){
5474     sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
5475   }
5476   pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
5477 
5478   *ppPage = 0;
5479   return rc;
5480 }
5481 
5482 /*
5483 ** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache.  Do
5484 ** not read the page from disk.  Return a pointer to the page,
5485 ** or 0 if the page is not in cache.
5486 **
5487 ** See also sqlite3PagerGet().  The difference between this routine
5488 ** and sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read
5489 ** in the page if the page is not already in cache.  This routine
5490 ** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error
5491 ** has ever happened.
5492 */
5493 DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
5494   sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage;
5495   assert( pPager!=0 );
5496   assert( pgno!=0 );
5497   assert( pPager->pPCache!=0 );
5498   pPage = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0);
5499   assert( pPage==0 || pPager->hasHeldSharedLock );
5500   if( pPage==0 ) return 0;
5501   return sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pPage);
5502 }
5503 
5504 /*
5505 ** Release a page reference.
5506 **
5507 ** If the number of references to the page drop to zero, then the
5508 ** page is added to the LRU list.  When all references to all pages
5509 ** are released, a rollback occurs and the lock on the database is
5510 ** removed.
5511 */
5512 void sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(DbPage *pPg){
5513   Pager *pPager;
5514   assert( pPg!=0 );
5515   pPager = pPg->pPager;
5516   if( pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP ){
5517     pagerReleaseMapPage(pPg);
5518   }else{
5519     sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
5520   }
5521   pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
5522 }
5523 void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage *pPg){
5524   if( pPg ) sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg);
5525 }
5526 
5527 /*
5528 ** This function is called at the start of every write transaction.
5529 ** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database
5530 ** file when this routine is called.
5531 **
5532 ** Open the journal file for pager pPager and write a journal header
5533 ** to the start of it. If there are active savepoints, open the sub-journal
5534 ** as well. This function is only used when the journal file is being
5535 ** opened to write a rollback log for a transaction. It is not used
5536 ** when opening a hot journal file to roll it back.
5537 **
5538 ** If the journal file is already open (as it may be in exclusive mode),
5539 ** then this function just writes a journal header to the start of the
5540 ** already open file.
5541 **
5542 ** Whether or not the journal file is opened by this function, the
5543 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec structure is allocated.
5544 **
5545 ** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful. Otherwise, return
5546 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if the attempt to allocate Pager.pInJournal fails, or
5547 ** an IO error code if opening or writing the journal file fails.
5548 */
5549 static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){
5550   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                        /* Return code */
5551   sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;   /* Local cache of vfs pointer */
5552 
5553   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5554   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5555   assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
5556 
5557   /* If already in the error state, this function is a no-op.  But on
5558   ** the other hand, this routine is never called if we are already in
5559   ** an error state. */
5560   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
5561 
5562   if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
5563     pPager->pInJournal = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
5564     if( pPager->pInJournal==0 ){
5565       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
5566     }
5567 
5568     /* Open the journal file if it is not already open. */
5569     if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5570       if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
5571         sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->jfd);
5572       }else{
5573         const int flags =                   /* VFS flags to open journal file */
5574           SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|
5575           (pPager->tempFile ?
5576             (SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL):
5577             (SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL)
5578           );
5579 
5580         /* Verify that the database still has the same name as it did when
5581         ** it was originally opened. */
5582         rc = databaseIsUnmoved(pPager);
5583         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5584 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
5585           rc = sqlite3JournalOpen(
5586               pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, jrnlBufferSize(pPager)
5587           );
5588 #else
5589           rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, 0);
5590 #endif
5591         }
5592       }
5593       assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
5594     }
5595 
5596 
5597     /* Write the first journal header to the journal file and open
5598     ** the sub-journal if necessary.
5599     */
5600     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5601       /* TODO: Check if all of these are really required. */
5602       pPager->nRec = 0;
5603       pPager->journalOff = 0;
5604       pPager->setMaster = 0;
5605       pPager->journalHdr = 0;
5606       rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
5607     }
5608   }
5609 
5610   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5611     sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
5612     pPager->pInJournal = 0;
5613   }else{
5614     assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5615     pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD;
5616   }
5617 
5618   return rc;
5619 }
5620 
5621 /*
5622 ** Begin a write-transaction on the specified pager object. If a
5623 ** write-transaction has already been opened, this function is a no-op.
5624 **
5625 ** If the exFlag argument is false, then acquire at least a RESERVED
5626 ** lock on the database file. If exFlag is true, then acquire at least
5627 ** an EXCLUSIVE lock. If such a lock is already held, no locking
5628 ** functions need be called.
5629 **
5630 ** If the subjInMemory argument is non-zero, then any sub-journal opened
5631 ** within this transaction will be opened as an in-memory file. This
5632 ** has no effect if the sub-journal is already opened (as it may be when
5633 ** running in exclusive mode) or if the transaction does not require a
5634 ** sub-journal. If the subjInMemory argument is zero, then any required
5635 ** sub-journal is implemented in-memory if pPager is an in-memory database,
5636 ** or using a temporary file otherwise.
5637 */
5638 int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager *pPager, int exFlag, int subjInMemory){
5639   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5640 
5641   if( pPager->errCode ) return pPager->errCode;
5642   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eState<PAGER_ERROR );
5643   pPager->subjInMemory = (u8)subjInMemory;
5644 
5645   if( ALWAYS(pPager->eState==PAGER_READER) ){
5646     assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
5647 
5648     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5649       /* If the pager is configured to use locking_mode=exclusive, and an
5650       ** exclusive lock on the database is not already held, obtain it now.
5651       */
5652       if( pPager->exclusiveMode && sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, -1) ){
5653         rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5654         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5655           return rc;
5656         }
5657         (void)sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 1);
5658       }
5659 
5660       /* Grab the write lock on the log file. If successful, upgrade to
5661       ** PAGER_RESERVED state. Otherwise, return an error code to the caller.
5662       ** The busy-handler is not invoked if another connection already
5663       ** holds the write-lock. If possible, the upper layer will call it.
5664       */
5665       rc = sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
5666     }else{
5667       /* Obtain a RESERVED lock on the database file. If the exFlag parameter
5668       ** is true, then immediately upgrade this to an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
5669       ** busy-handler callback can be used when upgrading to the EXCLUSIVE
5670       ** lock, but not when obtaining the RESERVED lock.
5671       */
5672       rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK);
5673       if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exFlag ){
5674         rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5675       }
5676     }
5677 
5678     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5679       /* Change to WRITER_LOCKED state.
5680       **
5681       ** WAL mode sets Pager.eState to PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED or CACHEMOD
5682       ** when it has an open transaction, but never to DBMOD or FINISHED.
5683       ** This is because in those states the code to roll back savepoint
5684       ** transactions may copy data from the sub-journal into the database
5685       ** file as well as into the page cache. Which would be incorrect in
5686       ** WAL mode.
5687       */
5688       pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED;
5689       pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize;
5690       pPager->dbFileSize = pPager->dbSize;
5691       pPager->dbOrigSize = pPager->dbSize;
5692       pPager->journalOff = 0;
5693     }
5694 
5695     assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
5696     assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5697     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5698   }
5699 
5700   PAGERTRACE(("TRANSACTION %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
5701   return rc;
5702 }
5703 
5704 /*
5705 ** Write page pPg onto the end of the rollback journal.
5706 */
5707 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(PgHdr *pPg){
5708   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
5709   int rc;
5710   u32 cksum;
5711   char *pData2;
5712   i64 iOff = pPager->journalOff;
5713 
5714   /* We should never write to the journal file the page that
5715   ** contains the database locks.  The following assert verifies
5716   ** that we do not. */
5717   assert( pPg->pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
5718 
5719   assert( pPager->journalHdr<=pPager->journalOff );
5720   CODEC2(pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData2);
5721   cksum = pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)pData2);
5722 
5723   /* Even if an IO or diskfull error occurs while journalling the
5724   ** page in the block above, set the need-sync flag for the page.
5725   ** Otherwise, when the transaction is rolled back, the logic in
5726   ** playback_one_page() will think that the page needs to be restored
5727   ** in the database file. And if an IO error occurs while doing so,
5728   ** then corruption may follow.
5729   */
5730   pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
5731 
5732   rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff, pPg->pgno);
5733   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5734   rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, iOff+4);
5735   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5736   rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff+pPager->pageSize+4, cksum);
5737   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5738 
5739   IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno,
5740            pPager->journalOff, pPager->pageSize));
5741   PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writej_count);
5742   PAGERTRACE(("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n",
5743        PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno,
5744        ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0), pager_pagehash(pPg)));
5745 
5746   pPager->journalOff += 8 + pPager->pageSize;
5747   pPager->nRec++;
5748   assert( pPager->pInJournal!=0 );
5749   rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
5750   testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5751   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5752   rc |= addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno);
5753   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5754   return rc;
5755 }
5756 
5757 /*
5758 ** Mark a single data page as writeable. The page is written into the
5759 ** main journal or sub-journal as required. If the page is written into
5760 ** one of the journals, the corresponding bit is set in the
5761 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs
5762 ** of any open savepoints as appropriate.
5763 */
5764 static int pager_write(PgHdr *pPg){
5765   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
5766   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5767 
5768   /* This routine is not called unless a write-transaction has already
5769   ** been started. The journal file may or may not be open at this point.
5770   ** It is never called in the ERROR state.
5771   */
5772   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
5773        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
5774        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
5775   );
5776   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5777   assert( pPager->errCode==0 );
5778   assert( pPager->readOnly==0 );
5779   CHECK_PAGE(pPg);
5780 
5781   /* The journal file needs to be opened. Higher level routines have already
5782   ** obtained the necessary locks to begin the write-transaction, but the
5783   ** rollback journal might not yet be open. Open it now if this is the case.
5784   **
5785   ** This is done before calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty() on the page.
5786   ** Otherwise, if it were done after calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(), then
5787   ** an error might occur and the pager would end up in WRITER_LOCKED state
5788   ** with pages marked as dirty in the cache.
5789   */
5790   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
5791     rc = pager_open_journal(pPager);
5792     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5793   }
5794   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD );
5795   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5796 
5797   /* Mark the page that is about to be modified as dirty. */
5798   sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
5799 
5800   /* If a rollback journal is in use, them make sure the page that is about
5801   ** to change is in the rollback journal, or if the page is a new page off
5802   ** then end of the file, make sure it is marked as PGHDR_NEED_SYNC.
5803   */
5804   assert( (pPager->pInJournal!=0) == isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
5805   if( pPager->pInJournal!=0
5806    && sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno)==0
5807   ){
5808     assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
5809     if( pPg->pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
5810       rc = pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(pPg);
5811       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5812         return rc;
5813       }
5814     }else{
5815       if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ){
5816         pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
5817       }
5818       PAGERTRACE(("APPEND %d page %d needSync=%d\n",
5819               PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno,
5820              ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0)));
5821     }
5822   }
5823 
5824   /* The PGHDR_DIRTY bit is set above when the page was added to the dirty-list
5825   ** and before writing the page into the rollback journal.  Wait until now,
5826   ** after the page has been successfully journalled, before setting the
5827   ** PGHDR_WRITEABLE bit that indicates that the page can be safely modified.
5828   */
5829   pPg->flags |= PGHDR_WRITEABLE;
5830 
5831   /* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it,
5832   ** then write the page into the statement journal.
5833   */
5834   if( pPager->nSavepoint>0 ){
5835     rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg);
5836   }
5837 
5838   /* Update the database size and return. */
5839   if( pPager->dbSize<pPg->pgno ){
5840     pPager->dbSize = pPg->pgno;
5841   }
5842   return rc;
5843 }
5844 
5845 /*
5846 ** This is a variant of sqlite3PagerWrite() that runs when the sector size
5847 ** is larger than the page size.  SQLite makes the (reasonable) assumption that
5848 ** all bytes of a sector are written together by hardware.  Hence, all bytes of
5849 ** a sector need to be journalled in case of a power loss in the middle of
5850 ** a write.
5851 **
5852 ** Usually, the sector size is less than or equal to the page size, in which
5853 ** case pages can be individually written.  This routine only runs in the
5854 ** exceptional case where the page size is smaller than the sector size.
5855 */
5856 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerWriteLargeSector(PgHdr *pPg){
5857   int rc = SQLITE_OK;          /* Return code */
5858   Pgno nPageCount;             /* Total number of pages in database file */
5859   Pgno pg1;                    /* First page of the sector pPg is located on. */
5860   int nPage = 0;               /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */
5861   int ii;                      /* Loop counter */
5862   int needSync = 0;            /* True if any page has PGHDR_NEED_SYNC */
5863   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* The pager that owns pPg */
5864   Pgno nPagePerSector = (pPager->sectorSize/pPager->pageSize);
5865 
5866   /* Set the doNotSpill NOSYNC bit to 1. This is because we cannot allow
5867   ** a journal header to be written between the pages journaled by
5868   ** this function.
5869   */
5870   assert( !MEMDB );
5871   assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)==0 );
5872   pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC;
5873 
5874   /* This trick assumes that both the page-size and sector-size are
5875   ** an integer power of 2. It sets variable pg1 to the identifier
5876   ** of the first page of the sector pPg is located on.
5877   */
5878   pg1 = ((pPg->pgno-1) & ~(nPagePerSector-1)) + 1;
5879 
5880   nPageCount = pPager->dbSize;
5881   if( pPg->pgno>nPageCount ){
5882     nPage = (pPg->pgno - pg1)+1;
5883   }else if( (pg1+nPagePerSector-1)>nPageCount ){
5884     nPage = nPageCount+1-pg1;
5885   }else{
5886     nPage = nPagePerSector;
5887   }
5888   assert(nPage>0);
5889   assert(pg1<=pPg->pgno);
5890   assert((pg1+nPage)>pPg->pgno);
5891 
5892   for(ii=0; ii<nPage && rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){
5893     Pgno pg = pg1+ii;
5894     PgHdr *pPage;
5895     if( pg==pPg->pgno || !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pg) ){
5896       if( pg!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
5897         rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pg, &pPage, 0);
5898         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5899           rc = pager_write(pPage);
5900           if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
5901             needSync = 1;
5902           }
5903           sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
5904         }
5905       }
5906     }else if( (pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg))!=0 ){
5907       if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
5908         needSync = 1;
5909       }
5910       sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
5911     }
5912   }
5913 
5914   /* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages
5915   ** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because
5916   ** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the
5917   ** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them
5918   ** before any of them can be written out to the database file.
5919   */
5920   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && needSync ){
5921     assert( !MEMDB );
5922     for(ii=0; ii<nPage; ii++){
5923       PgHdr *pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg1+ii);
5924       if( pPage ){
5925         pPage->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
5926         sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
5927       }
5928     }
5929   }
5930 
5931   assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)!=0 );
5932   pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC;
5933   return rc;
5934 }
5935 
5936 /*
5937 ** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before
5938 ** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value
5939 ** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless
5940 ** this routine returns SQLITE_OK.
5941 **
5942 ** The difference between this function and pager_write() is that this
5943 ** function also deals with the special case where 2 or more pages
5944 ** fit on a single disk sector. In this case all co-resident pages
5945 ** must have been written to the journal file before returning.
5946 **
5947 ** If an error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code is returned
5948 ** as appropriate. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
5949 */
5950 int sqlite3PagerWrite(PgHdr *pPg){
5951   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
5952   assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 );
5953   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5954   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5955   if( pPager->errCode ){
5956     return pPager->errCode;
5957   }else if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE)!=0 && pPager->dbSize>=pPg->pgno ){
5958     if( pPager->nSavepoint ) return subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg);
5959     return SQLITE_OK;
5960   }else if( pPager->sectorSize > (u32)pPager->pageSize ){
5961     return pagerWriteLargeSector(pPg);
5962   }else{
5963     return pager_write(pPg);
5964   }
5965 }
5966 
5967 /*
5968 ** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed
5969 ** to sqlite3PagerWrite().  In other words, return TRUE if it is ok
5970 ** to change the content of the page.
5971 */
5972 #ifndef NDEBUG
5973 int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage *pPg){
5974   return pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE;
5975 }
5976 #endif
5977 
5978 /*
5979 ** A call to this routine tells the pager that it is not necessary to
5980 ** write the information on page pPg back to the disk, even though
5981 ** that page might be marked as dirty.  This happens, for example, when
5982 ** the page has been added as a leaf of the freelist and so its
5983 ** content no longer matters.
5984 **
5985 ** The overlying software layer calls this routine when all of the data
5986 ** on the given page is unused. The pager marks the page as clean so
5987 ** that it does not get written to disk.
5988 **
5989 ** Tests show that this optimization can quadruple the speed of large
5990 ** DELETE operations.
5991 */
5992 void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(PgHdr *pPg){
5993   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
5994   if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && pPager->nSavepoint==0 ){
5995     PAGERTRACE(("DONT_WRITE page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, PAGERID(pPager)));
5996     IOTRACE(("CLEAN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno))
5997     pPg->flags |= PGHDR_DONT_WRITE;
5998     pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_WRITEABLE;
5999     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
6000   }
6001 }
6002 
6003 /*
6004 ** This routine is called to increment the value of the database file
6005 ** change-counter, stored as a 4-byte big-endian integer starting at
6006 ** byte offset 24 of the pager file.  The secondary change counter at
6007 ** 92 is also updated, as is the SQLite version number at offset 96.
6008 **
6009 ** But this only happens if the pPager->changeCountDone flag is false.
6010 ** To avoid excess churning of page 1, the update only happens once.
6011 ** See also the pager_write_changecounter() routine that does an
6012 ** unconditional update of the change counters.
6013 **
6014 ** If the isDirectMode flag is zero, then this is done by calling
6015 ** sqlite3PagerWrite() on page 1, then modifying the contents of the
6016 ** page data. In this case the file will be updated when the current
6017 ** transaction is committed.
6018 **
6019 ** The isDirectMode flag may only be non-zero if the library was compiled
6020 ** with the SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE macro defined. In this case,
6021 ** if isDirect is non-zero, then the database file is updated directly
6022 ** by writing an updated version of page 1 using a call to the
6023 ** sqlite3OsWrite() function.
6024 */
6025 static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirectMode){
6026   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
6027 
6028   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6029        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6030   );
6031   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6032 
6033   /* Declare and initialize constant integer 'isDirect'. If the
6034   ** atomic-write optimization is enabled in this build, then isDirect
6035   ** is initialized to the value passed as the isDirectMode parameter
6036   ** to this function. Otherwise, it is always set to zero.
6037   **
6038   ** The idea is that if the atomic-write optimization is not
6039   ** enabled at compile time, the compiler can omit the tests of
6040   ** 'isDirect' below, as well as the block enclosed in the
6041   ** "if( isDirect )" condition.
6042   */
6043 #ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
6044 # define DIRECT_MODE 0
6045   assert( isDirectMode==0 );
6046   UNUSED_PARAMETER(isDirectMode);
6047 #else
6048 # define DIRECT_MODE isDirectMode
6049 #endif
6050 
6051   if( !pPager->changeCountDone && ALWAYS(pPager->dbSize>0) ){
6052     PgHdr *pPgHdr;                /* Reference to page 1 */
6053 
6054     assert( !pPager->tempFile && isOpen(pPager->fd) );
6055 
6056     /* Open page 1 of the file for writing. */
6057     rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPgHdr, 0);
6058     assert( pPgHdr==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
6059 
6060     /* If page one was fetched successfully, and this function is not
6061     ** operating in direct-mode, make page 1 writable.  When not in
6062     ** direct mode, page 1 is always held in cache and hence the PagerGet()
6063     ** above is always successful - hence the ALWAYS on rc==SQLITE_OK.
6064     */
6065     if( !DIRECT_MODE && ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) ){
6066       rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPgHdr);
6067     }
6068 
6069     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6070       /* Actually do the update of the change counter */
6071       pager_write_changecounter(pPgHdr);
6072 
6073       /* If running in direct mode, write the contents of page 1 to the file. */
6074       if( DIRECT_MODE ){
6075         const void *zBuf;
6076         assert( pPager->dbFileSize>0 );
6077         CODEC2(pPager, pPgHdr->pData, 1, 6, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, zBuf);
6078         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6079           rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, zBuf, pPager->pageSize, 0);
6080           pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++;
6081         }
6082         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6083           /* Update the pager's copy of the change-counter. Otherwise, the
6084           ** next time a read transaction is opened the cache will be
6085           ** flushed (as the change-counter values will not match).  */
6086           const void *pCopy = (const void *)&((const char *)zBuf)[24];
6087           memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, pCopy, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
6088           pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
6089         }
6090       }else{
6091         pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
6092       }
6093     }
6094 
6095     /* Release the page reference. */
6096     sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr);
6097   }
6098   return rc;
6099 }
6100 
6101 /*
6102 ** Sync the database file to disk. This is a no-op for in-memory databases
6103 ** or pages with the Pager.noSync flag set.
6104 **
6105 ** If successful, or if called on a pager for which it is a no-op, this
6106 ** function returns SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, an IO error code is returned.
6107 */
6108 int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
6109   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
6110 
6111   if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
6112     void *pArg = (void*)zMaster;
6113     rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC, pArg);
6114     if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
6115   }
6116   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){
6117     assert( !MEMDB );
6118     rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->syncFlags);
6119   }
6120   return rc;
6121 }
6122 
6123 /*
6124 ** This function may only be called while a write-transaction is active in
6125 ** rollback. If the connection is in WAL mode, this call is a no-op.
6126 ** Otherwise, if the connection does not already have an EXCLUSIVE lock on
6127 ** the database file, an attempt is made to obtain one.
6128 **
6129 ** If the EXCLUSIVE lock is already held or the attempt to obtain it is
6130 ** successful, or the connection is in WAL mode, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6131 ** Otherwise, either SQLITE_BUSY or an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is
6132 ** returned.
6133 */
6134 int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){
6135   int rc = pPager->errCode;
6136   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6137   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6138     assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6139          || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6140          || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6141     );
6142     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6143     if( 0==pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6144       rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
6145     }
6146   }
6147   return rc;
6148 }
6149 
6150 /*
6151 ** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zMaster points to the name
6152 ** of a master journal file that should be written into the individual
6153 ** journal file. zMaster may be NULL, which is interpreted as no master
6154 ** journal (a single database transaction).
6155 **
6156 ** This routine ensures that:
6157 **
6158 **   * The database file change-counter is updated,
6159 **   * the journal is synced (unless the atomic-write optimization is used),
6160 **   * all dirty pages are written to the database file,
6161 **   * the database file is truncated (if required), and
6162 **   * the database file synced.
6163 **
6164 ** The only thing that remains to commit the transaction is to finalize
6165 ** (delete, truncate or zero the first part of) the journal file (or
6166 ** delete the master journal file if specified).
6167 **
6168 ** Note that if zMaster==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value
6169 ** passed to an sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne() call.
6170 **
6171 ** If the final parameter - noSync - is true, then the database file itself
6172 ** is not synced. The caller must call sqlite3PagerSync() directly to
6173 ** sync the database file before calling CommitPhaseTwo() to delete the
6174 ** journal file in this case.
6175 */
6176 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(
6177   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
6178   const char *zMaster,            /* If not NULL, the master journal name */
6179   int noSync                      /* True to omit the xSync on the db file */
6180 ){
6181   int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
6182 
6183   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6184        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6185        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6186        || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR
6187   );
6188   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6189 
6190   /* If a prior error occurred, report that error again. */
6191   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
6192 
6193   PAGERTRACE(("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zMaster=%s nSize=%d\n",
6194       pPager->zFilename, zMaster, pPager->dbSize));
6195 
6196   /* If no database changes have been made, return early. */
6197   if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return SQLITE_OK;
6198 
6199   if( MEMDB ){
6200     /* If this is an in-memory db, or no pages have been written to, or this
6201     ** function has already been called, it is mostly a no-op.  However, any
6202     ** backup in progress needs to be restarted.
6203     */
6204     sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
6205   }else{
6206     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6207       PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
6208       PgHdr *pPageOne = 0;
6209       if( pList==0 ){
6210         /* Must have at least one page for the WAL commit flag.
6211         ** Ticket [2d1a5c67dfc2363e44f29d9bbd57f] 2011-05-18 */
6212         rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPageOne, 0);
6213         pList = pPageOne;
6214         pList->pDirty = 0;
6215       }
6216       assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
6217       if( ALWAYS(pList) ){
6218         rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pList, pPager->dbSize, 1);
6219       }
6220       sqlite3PagerUnref(pPageOne);
6221       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6222         sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
6223       }
6224     }else{
6225       /* The following block updates the change-counter. Exactly how it
6226       ** does this depends on whether or not the atomic-update optimization
6227       ** was enabled at compile time, and if this transaction meets the
6228       ** runtime criteria to use the operation:
6229       **
6230       **    * The file-system supports the atomic-write property for
6231       **      blocks of size page-size, and
6232       **    * This commit is not part of a multi-file transaction, and
6233       **    * Exactly one page has been modified and store in the journal file.
6234       **
6235       ** If the optimization was not enabled at compile time, then the
6236       ** pager_incr_changecounter() function is called to update the change
6237       ** counter in 'indirect-mode'. If the optimization is compiled in but
6238       ** is not applicable to this transaction, call sqlite3JournalCreate()
6239       ** to make sure the journal file has actually been created, then call
6240       ** pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter in indirect
6241       ** mode.
6242       **
6243       ** Otherwise, if the optimization is both enabled and applicable,
6244       ** then call pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter
6245       ** in 'direct' mode. In this case the journal file will never be
6246       ** created for this transaction.
6247       */
6248   #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
6249       PgHdr *pPg;
6250       assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd)
6251            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
6252            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
6253       );
6254       if( !zMaster && isOpen(pPager->jfd)
6255        && pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager)
6256        && pPager->dbSize>=pPager->dbOrigSize
6257        && (0==(pPg = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)) || 0==pPg->pDirty)
6258       ){
6259         /* Update the db file change counter via the direct-write method. The
6260         ** following call will modify the in-memory representation of page 1
6261         ** to include the updated change counter and then write page 1
6262         ** directly to the database file. Because of the atomic-write
6263         ** property of the host file-system, this is safe.
6264         */
6265         rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 1);
6266       }else{
6267         rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
6268         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6269           rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
6270         }
6271       }
6272   #else
6273       rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
6274   #endif
6275       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6276 
6277       /* Write the master journal name into the journal file. If a master
6278       ** journal file name has already been written to the journal file,
6279       ** or if zMaster is NULL (no master journal), then this call is a no-op.
6280       */
6281       rc = writeMasterJournal(pPager, zMaster);
6282       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6283 
6284       /* Sync the journal file and write all dirty pages to the database.
6285       ** If the atomic-update optimization is being used, this sync will not
6286       ** create the journal file or perform any real IO.
6287       **
6288       ** Because the change-counter page was just modified, unless the
6289       ** atomic-update optimization is used it is almost certain that the
6290       ** journal requires a sync here. However, in locking_mode=exclusive
6291       ** on a system under memory pressure it is just possible that this is
6292       ** not the case. In this case it is likely enough that the redundant
6293       ** xSync() call will be changed to a no-op by the OS anyhow.
6294       */
6295       rc = syncJournal(pPager, 0);
6296       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6297 
6298       rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager,sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache));
6299       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
6300         assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED );
6301         goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6302       }
6303       sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
6304 
6305       /* If the file on disk is smaller than the database image, use
6306       ** pager_truncate to grow the file here. This can happen if the database
6307       ** image was extended as part of the current transaction and then the
6308       ** last page in the db image moved to the free-list. In this case the
6309       ** last page is never written out to disk, leaving the database file
6310       ** undersized. Fix this now if it is the case.  */
6311       if( pPager->dbSize>pPager->dbFileSize ){
6312         Pgno nNew = pPager->dbSize - (pPager->dbSize==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager));
6313         assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD );
6314         rc = pager_truncate(pPager, nNew);
6315         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6316       }
6317 
6318       /* Finally, sync the database file. */
6319       if( !noSync ){
6320         rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, zMaster);
6321       }
6322       IOTRACE(("DBSYNC %p\n", pPager))
6323     }
6324   }
6325 
6326 commit_phase_one_exit:
6327   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6328     pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED;
6329   }
6330   return rc;
6331 }
6332 
6333 
6334 /*
6335 ** When this function is called, the database file has been completely
6336 ** updated to reflect the changes made by the current transaction and
6337 ** synced to disk. The journal file still exists in the file-system
6338 ** though, and if a failure occurs at this point it will eventually
6339 ** be used as a hot-journal and the current transaction rolled back.
6340 **
6341 ** This function finalizes the journal file, either by deleting,
6342 ** truncating or partially zeroing it, so that it cannot be used
6343 ** for hot-journal rollback. Once this is done the transaction is
6344 ** irrevocably committed.
6345 **
6346 ** If an error occurs, an IO error code is returned and the pager
6347 ** moves into the error state. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6348 */
6349 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager *pPager){
6350   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
6351 
6352   /* This routine should not be called if a prior error has occurred.
6353   ** But if (due to a coding error elsewhere in the system) it does get
6354   ** called, just return the same error code without doing anything. */
6355   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
6356 
6357   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6358        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
6359        || (pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD)
6360   );
6361   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6362 
6363   /* An optimization. If the database was not actually modified during
6364   ** this transaction, the pager is running in exclusive-mode and is
6365   ** using persistent journals, then this function is a no-op.
6366   **
6367   ** The start of the journal file currently contains a single journal
6368   ** header with the nRec field set to 0. If such a journal is used as
6369   ** a hot-journal during hot-journal rollback, 0 changes will be made
6370   ** to the database file. So there is no need to zero the journal
6371   ** header. Since the pager is in exclusive mode, there is no need
6372   ** to drop any locks either.
6373   */
6374   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6375    && pPager->exclusiveMode
6376    && pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
6377   ){
6378     assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) || !pPager->journalOff );
6379     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
6380     return SQLITE_OK;
6381   }
6382 
6383   PAGERTRACE(("COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
6384   pPager->iDataVersion++;
6385   rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 1);
6386   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
6387 }
6388 
6389 /*
6390 ** If a write transaction is open, then all changes made within the
6391 ** transaction are reverted and the current write-transaction is closed.
6392 ** The pager falls back to PAGER_READER state if successful, or PAGER_ERROR
6393 ** state if an error occurs.
6394 **
6395 ** If the pager is already in PAGER_ERROR state when this function is called,
6396 ** it returns Pager.errCode immediately. No work is performed in this case.
6397 **
6398 ** Otherwise, in rollback mode, this function performs two functions:
6399 **
6400 **   1) It rolls back the journal file, restoring all database file and
6401 **      in-memory cache pages to the state they were in when the transaction
6402 **      was opened, and
6403 **
6404 **   2) It finalizes the journal file, so that it is not used for hot
6405 **      rollback at any point in the future.
6406 **
6407 ** Finalization of the journal file (task 2) is only performed if the
6408 ** rollback is successful.
6409 **
6410 ** In WAL mode, all cache-entries containing data modified within the
6411 ** current transaction are either expelled from the cache or reverted to
6412 ** their pre-transaction state by re-reading data from the database or
6413 ** WAL files. The WAL transaction is then closed.
6414 */
6415 int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager *pPager){
6416   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
6417   PAGERTRACE(("ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
6418 
6419   /* PagerRollback() is a no-op if called in READER or OPEN state. If
6420   ** the pager is already in the ERROR state, the rollback is not
6421   ** attempted here. Instead, the error code is returned to the caller.
6422   */
6423   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6424   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ) return pPager->errCode;
6425   if( pPager->eState<=PAGER_READER ) return SQLITE_OK;
6426 
6427   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6428     int rc2;
6429     rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pPager, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, -1);
6430     rc2 = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 0);
6431     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
6432   }else if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
6433     int eState = pPager->eState;
6434     rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0);
6435     if( !MEMDB && eState>PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
6436       /* This can happen using journal_mode=off. Move the pager to the error
6437       ** state to indicate that the contents of the cache may not be trusted.
6438       ** Any active readers will get SQLITE_ABORT.
6439       */
6440       pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT;
6441       pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
6442       return rc;
6443     }
6444   }else{
6445     rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0);
6446   }
6447 
6448   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || rc!=SQLITE_OK );
6449   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_FULL || rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT
6450           || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR
6451           || rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN
6452   );
6453 
6454   /* If an error occurs during a ROLLBACK, we can no longer trust the pager
6455   ** cache. So call pager_error() on the way out to make any error persistent.
6456   */
6457   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
6458 }
6459 
6460 /*
6461 ** Return TRUE if the database file is opened read-only.  Return FALSE
6462 ** if the database is (in theory) writable.
6463 */
6464 u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager *pPager){
6465   return pPager->readOnly;
6466 }
6467 
6468 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
6469 /*
6470 ** Return the sum of the reference counts for all pages held by pPager.
6471 */
6472 int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager *pPager){
6473   return sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
6474 }
6475 #endif
6476 
6477 /*
6478 ** Return the approximate number of bytes of memory currently
6479 ** used by the pager and its associated cache.
6480 */
6481 int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager *pPager){
6482   int perPageSize = pPager->pageSize + pPager->nExtra + sizeof(PgHdr)
6483                                      + 5*sizeof(void*);
6484   return perPageSize*sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)
6485            + sqlite3MallocSize(pPager)
6486            + pPager->pageSize;
6487 }
6488 
6489 /*
6490 ** Return the number of references to the specified page.
6491 */
6492 int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage *pPage){
6493   return sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPage);
6494 }
6495 
6496 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
6497 /*
6498 ** This routine is used for testing and analysis only.
6499 */
6500 int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager *pPager){
6501   static int a[11];
6502   a[0] = sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
6503   a[1] = sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache);
6504   a[2] = sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(pPager->pPCache);
6505   a[3] = pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? -1 : (int) pPager->dbSize;
6506   a[4] = pPager->eState;
6507   a[5] = pPager->errCode;
6508   a[6] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT];
6509   a[7] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS];
6510   a[8] = 0;  /* Used to be pPager->nOvfl */
6511   a[9] = pPager->nRead;
6512   a[10] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE];
6513   return a;
6514 }
6515 #endif
6516 
6517 /*
6518 ** Parameter eStat must be either SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT or
6519 ** SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS. Before returning, *pnVal is incremented by the
6520 ** current cache hit or miss count, according to the value of eStat. If the
6521 ** reset parameter is non-zero, the cache hit or miss count is zeroed before
6522 ** returning.
6523 */
6524 void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *pPager, int eStat, int reset, int *pnVal){
6525 
6526   assert( eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT
6527        || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS
6528        || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE
6529   );
6530 
6531   assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+1==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS );
6532   assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+2==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE );
6533   assert( PAGER_STAT_HIT==0 && PAGER_STAT_MISS==1 && PAGER_STAT_WRITE==2 );
6534 
6535   *pnVal += pPager->aStat[eStat - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT];
6536   if( reset ){
6537     pPager->aStat[eStat - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT] = 0;
6538   }
6539 }
6540 
6541 /*
6542 ** Return true if this is an in-memory pager.
6543 */
6544 int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager *pPager){
6545   return MEMDB;
6546 }
6547 
6548 /*
6549 ** Check that there are at least nSavepoint savepoints open. If there are
6550 ** currently less than nSavepoints open, then open one or more savepoints
6551 ** to make up the difference. If the number of savepoints is already
6552 ** equal to nSavepoint, then this function is a no-op.
6553 **
6554 ** If a memory allocation fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. If an error
6555 ** occurs while opening the sub-journal file, then an IO error code is
6556 ** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
6557 */
6558 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){
6559   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                       /* Return code */
6560   int nCurrent = pPager->nSavepoint;        /* Current number of savepoints */
6561   int ii;                                   /* Iterator variable */
6562   PagerSavepoint *aNew;                     /* New Pager.aSavepoint array */
6563 
6564   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
6565   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6566   assert( nSavepoint>nCurrent && pPager->useJournal );
6567 
6568   /* Grow the Pager.aSavepoint array using realloc(). Return SQLITE_NOMEM
6569   ** if the allocation fails. Otherwise, zero the new portion in case a
6570   ** malloc failure occurs while populating it in the for(...) loop below.
6571   */
6572   aNew = (PagerSavepoint *)sqlite3Realloc(
6573       pPager->aSavepoint, sizeof(PagerSavepoint)*nSavepoint
6574   );
6575   if( !aNew ){
6576     return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
6577   }
6578   memset(&aNew[nCurrent], 0, (nSavepoint-nCurrent) * sizeof(PagerSavepoint));
6579   pPager->aSavepoint = aNew;
6580 
6581   /* Populate the PagerSavepoint structures just allocated. */
6582   for(ii=nCurrent; ii<nSavepoint; ii++){
6583     aNew[ii].nOrig = pPager->dbSize;
6584     if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0 ){
6585       aNew[ii].iOffset = pPager->journalOff;
6586     }else{
6587       aNew[ii].iOffset = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
6588     }
6589     aNew[ii].iSubRec = pPager->nSubRec;
6590     aNew[ii].pInSavepoint = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
6591     if( !aNew[ii].pInSavepoint ){
6592       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
6593     }
6594     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6595       sqlite3WalSavepoint(pPager->pWal, aNew[ii].aWalData);
6596     }
6597     pPager->nSavepoint = ii+1;
6598   }
6599   assert( pPager->nSavepoint==nSavepoint );
6600   assertTruncateConstraint(pPager);
6601   return rc;
6602 }
6603 int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){
6604   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
6605   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6606 
6607   if( nSavepoint>pPager->nSavepoint && pPager->useJournal ){
6608     return pagerOpenSavepoint(pPager, nSavepoint);
6609   }else{
6610     return SQLITE_OK;
6611   }
6612 }
6613 
6614 
6615 /*
6616 ** This function is called to rollback or release (commit) a savepoint.
6617 ** The savepoint to release or rollback need not be the most recently
6618 ** created savepoint.
6619 **
6620 ** Parameter op is always either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE.
6621 ** If it is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then release and destroy the savepoint with
6622 ** index iSavepoint. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then rollback all changes
6623 ** that have occurred since the specified savepoint was created.
6624 **
6625 ** The savepoint to rollback or release is identified by parameter
6626 ** iSavepoint. A value of 0 means to operate on the outermost savepoint
6627 ** (the first created). A value of (Pager.nSavepoint-1) means operate
6628 ** on the most recently created savepoint. If iSavepoint is greater than
6629 ** (Pager.nSavepoint-1), then this function is a no-op.
6630 **
6631 ** If a negative value is passed to this function, then the current
6632 ** transaction is rolled back. This is different to calling
6633 ** sqlite3PagerRollback() because this function does not terminate
6634 ** the transaction or unlock the database, it just restores the
6635 ** contents of the database to its original state.
6636 **
6637 ** In any case, all savepoints with an index greater than iSavepoint
6638 ** are destroyed. If this is a release operation (op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE),
6639 ** then savepoint iSavepoint is also destroyed.
6640 **
6641 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation fails,
6642 ** or an IO error code if an IO error occurs while rolling back a
6643 ** savepoint. If no errors occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6644 */
6645 int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint){
6646   int rc = pPager->errCode;       /* Return code */
6647 
6648   assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
6649   assert( iSavepoint>=0 || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
6650 
6651   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iSavepoint<pPager->nSavepoint ){
6652     int ii;            /* Iterator variable */
6653     int nNew;          /* Number of remaining savepoints after this op. */
6654 
6655     /* Figure out how many savepoints will still be active after this
6656     ** operation. Store this value in nNew. Then free resources associated
6657     ** with any savepoints that are destroyed by this operation.
6658     */
6659     nNew = iSavepoint + (( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) ? 0 : 1);
6660     for(ii=nNew; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
6661       sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
6662     }
6663     pPager->nSavepoint = nNew;
6664 
6665     /* If this is a release of the outermost savepoint, truncate
6666     ** the sub-journal to zero bytes in size. */
6667     if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){
6668       if( nNew==0 && isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
6669         /* Only truncate if it is an in-memory sub-journal. */
6670         if( sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->sjfd) ){
6671           rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->sjfd, 0);
6672           assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
6673         }
6674         pPager->nSubRec = 0;
6675       }
6676     }
6677     /* Else this is a rollback operation, playback the specified savepoint.
6678     ** If this is a temp-file, it is possible that the journal file has
6679     ** not yet been opened. In this case there have been no changes to
6680     ** the database file, so the playback operation can be skipped.
6681     */
6682     else if( pagerUseWal(pPager) || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
6683       PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint = (nNew==0)?0:&pPager->aSavepoint[nNew-1];
6684       rc = pagerPlaybackSavepoint(pPager, pSavepoint);
6685       assert(rc!=SQLITE_DONE);
6686     }
6687   }
6688 
6689   return rc;
6690 }
6691 
6692 /*
6693 ** Return the full pathname of the database file.
6694 **
6695 ** Except, if the pager is in-memory only, then return an empty string if
6696 ** nullIfMemDb is true.  This routine is called with nullIfMemDb==1 when
6697 ** used to report the filename to the user, for compatibility with legacy
6698 ** behavior.  But when the Btree needs to know the filename for matching to
6699 ** shared cache, it uses nullIfMemDb==0 so that in-memory databases can
6700 ** participate in shared-cache.
6701 */
6702 const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager *pPager, int nullIfMemDb){
6703   return (nullIfMemDb && pPager->memDb) ? "" : pPager->zFilename;
6704 }
6705 
6706 /*
6707 ** Return the VFS structure for the pager.
6708 */
6709 sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager *pPager){
6710   return pPager->pVfs;
6711 }
6712 
6713 /*
6714 ** Return the file handle for the database file associated
6715 ** with the pager.  This might return NULL if the file has
6716 ** not yet been opened.
6717 */
6718 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager *pPager){
6719   return pPager->fd;
6720 }
6721 
6722 /*
6723 ** Return the file handle for the journal file (if it exists).
6724 ** This will be either the rollback journal or the WAL file.
6725 */
6726 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerJrnlFile(Pager *pPager){
6727 #if SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
6728   return pPager->jfd;
6729 #else
6730   return pPager->pWal ? sqlite3WalFile(pPager->pWal) : pPager->jfd;
6731 #endif
6732 }
6733 
6734 /*
6735 ** Return the full pathname of the journal file.
6736 */
6737 const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager *pPager){
6738   return pPager->zJournal;
6739 }
6740 
6741 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
6742 /*
6743 ** Set or retrieve the codec for this pager
6744 */
6745 void sqlite3PagerSetCodec(
6746   Pager *pPager,
6747   void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int),
6748   void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int),
6749   void (*xCodecFree)(void*),
6750   void *pCodec
6751 ){
6752   if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec);
6753   pPager->xCodec = pPager->memDb ? 0 : xCodec;
6754   pPager->xCodecSizeChng = xCodecSizeChng;
6755   pPager->xCodecFree = xCodecFree;
6756   pPager->pCodec = pCodec;
6757   pagerReportSize(pPager);
6758 }
6759 void *sqlite3PagerGetCodec(Pager *pPager){
6760   return pPager->pCodec;
6761 }
6762 
6763 /*
6764 ** This function is called by the wal module when writing page content
6765 ** into the log file.
6766 **
6767 ** This function returns a pointer to a buffer containing the encrypted
6768 ** page content. If a malloc fails, this function may return NULL.
6769 */
6770 void *sqlite3PagerCodec(PgHdr *pPg){
6771   void *aData = 0;
6772   CODEC2(pPg->pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 6, return 0, aData);
6773   return aData;
6774 }
6775 
6776 /*
6777 ** Return the current pager state
6778 */
6779 int sqlite3PagerState(Pager *pPager){
6780   return pPager->eState;
6781 }
6782 #endif /* SQLITE_HAS_CODEC */
6783 
6784 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
6785 /*
6786 ** Move the page pPg to location pgno in the file.
6787 **
6788 ** There must be no references to the page previously located at
6789 ** pgno (which we call pPgOld) though that page is allowed to be
6790 ** in cache.  If the page previously located at pgno is not already
6791 ** in the rollback journal, it is not put there by by this routine.
6792 **
6793 ** References to the page pPg remain valid. Updating any
6794 ** meta-data associated with pPg (i.e. data stored in the nExtra bytes
6795 ** allocated along with the page) is the responsibility of the caller.
6796 **
6797 ** A transaction must be active when this routine is called. It used to be
6798 ** required that a statement transaction was not active, but this restriction
6799 ** has been removed (CREATE INDEX needs to move a page when a statement
6800 ** transaction is active).
6801 **
6802 ** If the fourth argument, isCommit, is non-zero, then this page is being
6803 ** moved as part of a database reorganization just before the transaction
6804 ** is being committed. In this case, it is guaranteed that the database page
6805 ** pPg refers to will not be written to again within this transaction.
6806 **
6807 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code if an error
6808 ** occurs. Otherwise, it returns SQLITE_OK.
6809 */
6810 int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, int isCommit){
6811   PgHdr *pPgOld;               /* The page being overwritten. */
6812   Pgno needSyncPgno = 0;       /* Old value of pPg->pgno, if sync is required */
6813   int rc;                      /* Return code */
6814   Pgno origPgno;               /* The original page number */
6815 
6816   assert( pPg->nRef>0 );
6817   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6818        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6819   );
6820   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6821 
6822   /* In order to be able to rollback, an in-memory database must journal
6823   ** the page we are moving from.
6824   */
6825   if( MEMDB ){
6826     rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg);
6827     if( rc ) return rc;
6828   }
6829 
6830   /* If the page being moved is dirty and has not been saved by the latest
6831   ** savepoint, then save the current contents of the page into the
6832   ** sub-journal now. This is required to handle the following scenario:
6833   **
6834   **   BEGIN;
6835   **     <journal page X, then modify it in memory>
6836   **     SAVEPOINT one;
6837   **       <Move page X to location Y>
6838   **     ROLLBACK TO one;
6839   **
6840   ** If page X were not written to the sub-journal here, it would not
6841   ** be possible to restore its contents when the "ROLLBACK TO one"
6842   ** statement were is processed.
6843   **
6844   ** subjournalPage() may need to allocate space to store pPg->pgno into
6845   ** one or more savepoint bitvecs. This is the reason this function
6846   ** may return SQLITE_NOMEM.
6847   */
6848   if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY)!=0
6849    && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg))
6850   ){
6851     return rc;
6852   }
6853 
6854   PAGERTRACE(("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n",
6855       PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0, pgno));
6856   IOTRACE(("MOVE %p %d %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, pgno))
6857 
6858   /* If the journal needs to be sync()ed before page pPg->pgno can
6859   ** be written to, store pPg->pgno in local variable needSyncPgno.
6860   **
6861   ** If the isCommit flag is set, there is no need to remember that
6862   ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pPg->pgno
6863   ** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to it.
6864   */
6865   if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) && !isCommit ){
6866     needSyncPgno = pPg->pgno;
6867     assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ||
6868             pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize );
6869     assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
6870   }
6871 
6872   /* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it
6873   ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag was set for
6874   ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained
6875   ** for the page moved there.
6876   */
6877   pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
6878   pPgOld = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
6879   assert( !pPgOld || pPgOld->nRef==1 );
6880   if( pPgOld ){
6881     pPg->flags |= (pPgOld->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC);
6882     if( MEMDB ){
6883       /* Do not discard pages from an in-memory database since we might
6884       ** need to rollback later.  Just move the page out of the way. */
6885       sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, pPager->dbSize+1);
6886     }else{
6887       sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPgOld);
6888     }
6889   }
6890 
6891   origPgno = pPg->pgno;
6892   sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, pgno);
6893   sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
6894 
6895   /* For an in-memory database, make sure the original page continues
6896   ** to exist, in case the transaction needs to roll back.  Use pPgOld
6897   ** as the original page since it has already been allocated.
6898   */
6899   if( MEMDB ){
6900     assert( pPgOld );
6901     sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, origPgno);
6902     sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgOld);
6903   }
6904 
6905   if( needSyncPgno ){
6906     /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be
6907     ** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno.
6908     ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the
6909     ** "is journaled" bitvec flag has been set. This needs to be remedied by
6910     ** loading the page into the pager-cache and setting the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
6911     ** flag.
6912     **
6913     ** If the attempt to load the page into the page-cache fails, (due
6914     ** to a malloc() or IO failure), clear the bit in the pInJournal[]
6915     ** array. Otherwise, if the page is loaded and written again in
6916     ** this transaction, it may be written to the database file before
6917     ** it is synced into the journal file. This way, it may end up in
6918     ** the journal file twice, but that is not a problem.
6919     */
6920     PgHdr *pPgHdr;
6921     rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, needSyncPgno, &pPgHdr, 0);
6922     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
6923       if( needSyncPgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
6924         assert( pPager->pTmpSpace!=0 );
6925         sqlite3BitvecClear(pPager->pInJournal, needSyncPgno, pPager->pTmpSpace);
6926       }
6927       return rc;
6928     }
6929     pPgHdr->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
6930     sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPgHdr);
6931     sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgHdr);
6932   }
6933 
6934   return SQLITE_OK;
6935 }
6936 #endif
6937 
6938 /*
6939 ** The page handle passed as the first argument refers to a dirty page
6940 ** with a page number other than iNew. This function changes the page's
6941 ** page number to iNew and sets the value of the PgHdr.flags field to
6942 ** the value passed as the third parameter.
6943 */
6944 void sqlite3PagerRekey(DbPage *pPg, Pgno iNew, u16 flags){
6945   assert( pPg->pgno!=iNew );
6946   pPg->flags = flags;
6947   sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, iNew);
6948 }
6949 
6950 /*
6951 ** Return a pointer to the data for the specified page.
6952 */
6953 void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *pPg){
6954   assert( pPg->nRef>0 || pPg->pPager->memDb );
6955   return pPg->pData;
6956 }
6957 
6958 /*
6959 ** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space
6960 ** allocated along with the specified page.
6961 */
6962 void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *pPg){
6963   return pPg->pExtra;
6964 }
6965 
6966 /*
6967 ** Get/set the locking-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one
6968 ** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
6969 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then
6970 ** the locking-mode is set to the value specified.
6971 **
6972 ** The returned value is either PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
6973 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE, indicating the current (possibly updated)
6974 ** locking-mode.
6975 */
6976 int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
6977   assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY
6978             || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
6979             || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
6980   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY<0 );
6981   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL>=0 && PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE>=0 );
6982   assert( pPager->exclusiveMode || 0==sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) );
6983   if( eMode>=0 && !pPager->tempFile && !sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ){
6984     pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)eMode;
6985   }
6986   return (int)pPager->exclusiveMode;
6987 }
6988 
6989 /*
6990 ** Set the journal-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one of:
6991 **
6992 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
6993 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
6994 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
6995 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
6996 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
6997 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
6998 **
6999 ** The journalmode is set to the value specified if the change is allowed.
7000 ** The change may be disallowed for the following reasons:
7001 **
7002 **   *  An in-memory database can only have its journal_mode set to _OFF
7003 **      or _MEMORY.
7004 **
7005 **   *  Temporary databases cannot have _WAL journalmode.
7006 **
7007 ** The returned indicate the current (possibly updated) journal-mode.
7008 */
7009 int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
7010   u8 eOld = pPager->journalMode;    /* Prior journalmode */
7011 
7012 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
7013   /* The print_pager_state() routine is intended to be used by the debugger
7014   ** only.  We invoke it once here to suppress a compiler warning. */
7015   print_pager_state(pPager);
7016 #endif
7017 
7018 
7019   /* The eMode parameter is always valid */
7020   assert(      eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
7021             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
7022             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
7023             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
7024             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
7025             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY );
7026 
7027   /* This routine is only called from the OP_JournalMode opcode, and
7028   ** the logic there will never allow a temporary file to be changed
7029   ** to WAL mode.
7030   */
7031   assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL );
7032 
7033   /* Do allow the journalmode of an in-memory database to be set to
7034   ** anything other than MEMORY or OFF
7035   */
7036   if( MEMDB ){
7037     assert( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF );
7038     if( eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY && eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
7039       eMode = eOld;
7040     }
7041   }
7042 
7043   if( eMode!=eOld ){
7044 
7045     /* Change the journal mode. */
7046     assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
7047     pPager->journalMode = (u8)eMode;
7048 
7049     /* When transistioning from TRUNCATE or PERSIST to any other journal
7050     ** mode except WAL, unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode,
7051     ** delete the journal file.
7052     */
7053     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 );
7054     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 );
7055     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)==0 );
7056     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)==4 );
7057     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)==0 );
7058     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)==5 );
7059 
7060     assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->exclusiveMode );
7061     if( !pPager->exclusiveMode && (eOld & 5)==1 && (eMode & 1)==0 ){
7062 
7063       /* In this case we would like to delete the journal file. If it is
7064       ** not possible, then that is not a problem. Deleting the journal file
7065       ** here is an optimization only.
7066       **
7067       ** Before deleting the journal file, obtain a RESERVED lock on the
7068       ** database file. This ensures that the journal file is not deleted
7069       ** while it is in use by some other client.
7070       */
7071       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
7072       if( pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
7073         sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
7074       }else{
7075         int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7076         int state = pPager->eState;
7077         assert( state==PAGER_OPEN || state==PAGER_READER );
7078         if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){
7079           rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pPager);
7080         }
7081         if( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ){
7082           assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
7083           rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK);
7084         }
7085         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7086           sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
7087         }
7088         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && state==PAGER_READER ){
7089           pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7090         }else if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){
7091           pager_unlock(pPager);
7092         }
7093         assert( state==pPager->eState );
7094       }
7095     }else if( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
7096       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
7097     }
7098   }
7099 
7100   /* Return the new journal mode */
7101   return (int)pPager->journalMode;
7102 }
7103 
7104 /*
7105 ** Return the current journal mode.
7106 */
7107 int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager *pPager){
7108   return (int)pPager->journalMode;
7109 }
7110 
7111 /*
7112 ** Return TRUE if the pager is in a state where it is OK to change the
7113 ** journalmode.  Journalmode changes can only happen when the database
7114 ** is unmodified.
7115 */
7116 int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager *pPager){
7117   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
7118   if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return 0;
7119   if( NEVER(isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0) ) return 0;
7120   return 1;
7121 }
7122 
7123 /*
7124 ** Get/set the size-limit used for persistent journal files.
7125 **
7126 ** Setting the size limit to -1 means no limit is enforced.
7127 ** An attempt to set a limit smaller than -1 is a no-op.
7128 */
7129 i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *pPager, i64 iLimit){
7130   if( iLimit>=-1 ){
7131     pPager->journalSizeLimit = iLimit;
7132     sqlite3WalLimit(pPager->pWal, iLimit);
7133   }
7134   return pPager->journalSizeLimit;
7135 }
7136 
7137 /*
7138 ** Return a pointer to the pPager->pBackup variable. The backup module
7139 ** in backup.c maintains the content of this variable. This module
7140 ** uses it opaquely as an argument to sqlite3BackupRestart() and
7141 ** sqlite3BackupUpdate() only.
7142 */
7143 sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager *pPager){
7144   return &pPager->pBackup;
7145 }
7146 
7147 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM
7148 /*
7149 ** Unless this is an in-memory or temporary database, clear the pager cache.
7150 */
7151 void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager *pPager){
7152   if( !MEMDB && pPager->tempFile==0 ) pager_reset(pPager);
7153 }
7154 #endif
7155 
7156 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
7157 /*
7158 ** This function is called when the user invokes "PRAGMA wal_checkpoint",
7159 ** "PRAGMA wal_blocking_checkpoint" or calls the sqlite3_wal_checkpoint()
7160 ** or wal_blocking_checkpoint() API functions.
7161 **
7162 ** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART.
7163 */
7164 int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(Pager *pPager, int eMode, int *pnLog, int *pnCkpt){
7165   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7166   if( pPager->pWal ){
7167     rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pPager->pWal, eMode,
7168         (eMode==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ? 0 : pPager->xBusyHandler),
7169         pPager->pBusyHandlerArg,
7170         pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace,
7171         pnLog, pnCkpt
7172     );
7173   }
7174   return rc;
7175 }
7176 
7177 int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager){
7178   return sqlite3WalCallback(pPager->pWal);
7179 }
7180 
7181 /*
7182 ** Return true if the underlying VFS for the given pager supports the
7183 ** primitives necessary for write-ahead logging.
7184 */
7185 int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager){
7186   const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods = pPager->fd->pMethods;
7187   return pPager->exclusiveMode || (pMethods->iVersion>=2 && pMethods->xShmMap);
7188 }
7189 
7190 /*
7191 ** Attempt to take an exclusive lock on the database file. If a PENDING lock
7192 ** is obtained instead, immediately release it.
7193 */
7194 static int pagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){
7195   int rc;                         /* Return code */
7196 
7197   assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
7198   rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
7199   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
7200     /* If the attempt to grab the exclusive lock failed, release the
7201     ** pending lock that may have been obtained instead.  */
7202     pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7203   }
7204 
7205   return rc;
7206 }
7207 
7208 /*
7209 ** Call sqlite3WalOpen() to open the WAL handle. If the pager is in
7210 ** exclusive-locking mode when this function is called, take an EXCLUSIVE
7211 ** lock on the database file and use heap-memory to store the wal-index
7212 ** in. Otherwise, use the normal shared-memory.
7213 */
7214 static int pagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager){
7215   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7216 
7217   assert( pPager->pWal==0 && pPager->tempFile==0 );
7218   assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
7219 
7220   /* If the pager is already in exclusive-mode, the WAL module will use
7221   ** heap-memory for the wal-index instead of the VFS shared-memory
7222   ** implementation. Take the exclusive lock now, before opening the WAL
7223   ** file, to make sure this is safe.
7224   */
7225   if( pPager->exclusiveMode ){
7226     rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
7227   }
7228 
7229   /* Open the connection to the log file. If this operation fails,
7230   ** (e.g. due to malloc() failure), return an error code.
7231   */
7232   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7233     rc = sqlite3WalOpen(pPager->pVfs,
7234         pPager->fd, pPager->zWal, pPager->exclusiveMode,
7235         pPager->journalSizeLimit, &pPager->pWal
7236     );
7237   }
7238   pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
7239 
7240   return rc;
7241 }
7242 
7243 
7244 /*
7245 ** The caller must be holding a SHARED lock on the database file to call
7246 ** this function.
7247 **
7248 ** If the pager passed as the first argument is open on a real database
7249 ** file (not a temp file or an in-memory database), and the WAL file
7250 ** is not already open, make an attempt to open it now. If successful,
7251 ** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs or the VFS used by the pager does
7252 ** not support the xShmXXX() methods, return an error code. *pbOpen is
7253 ** not modified in either case.
7254 **
7255 ** If the pager is open on a temp-file (or in-memory database), or if
7256 ** the WAL file is already open, set *pbOpen to 1 and return SQLITE_OK
7257 ** without doing anything.
7258 */
7259 int sqlite3PagerOpenWal(
7260   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
7261   int *pbOpen                     /* OUT: Set to true if call is a no-op */
7262 ){
7263   int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
7264 
7265   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
7266   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN   || pbOpen );
7267   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || !pbOpen );
7268   assert( pbOpen==0 || *pbOpen==0 );
7269   assert( pbOpen!=0 || (!pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal) );
7270 
7271   if( !pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal ){
7272     if( !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(pPager) ) return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
7273 
7274     /* Close any rollback journal previously open */
7275     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
7276 
7277     rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager);
7278     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7279       pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL;
7280       pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
7281     }
7282   }else{
7283     *pbOpen = 1;
7284   }
7285 
7286   return rc;
7287 }
7288 
7289 /*
7290 ** This function is called to close the connection to the log file prior
7291 ** to switching from WAL to rollback mode.
7292 **
7293 ** Before closing the log file, this function attempts to take an
7294 ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. If this cannot be obtained, an
7295 ** error (SQLITE_BUSY) is returned and the log connection is not closed.
7296 ** If successful, the EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning.
7297 */
7298 int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager){
7299   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7300 
7301   assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL );
7302 
7303   /* If the log file is not already open, but does exist in the file-system,
7304   ** it may need to be checkpointed before the connection can switch to
7305   ** rollback mode. Open it now so this can happen.
7306   */
7307   if( !pPager->pWal ){
7308     int logexists = 0;
7309     rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7310     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7311       rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
7312           pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &logexists
7313       );
7314     }
7315     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && logexists ){
7316       rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager);
7317     }
7318   }
7319 
7320   /* Checkpoint and close the log. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock is held on
7321   ** the database file, the log and log-summary files will be deleted.
7322   */
7323   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pWal ){
7324     rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
7325     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7326       rc = sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, pPager->ckptSyncFlags,
7327                            pPager->pageSize, (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace);
7328       pPager->pWal = 0;
7329       pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
7330     }
7331   }
7332   return rc;
7333 }
7334 
7335 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT
7336 /*
7337 ** If this is a WAL database, obtain a snapshot handle for the snapshot
7338 ** currently open. Otherwise, return an error.
7339 */
7340 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotGet(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot **ppSnapshot){
7341   int rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
7342   if( pPager->pWal ){
7343     rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotGet(pPager->pWal, ppSnapshot);
7344   }
7345   return rc;
7346 }
7347 
7348 /*
7349 ** If this is a WAL database, store a pointer to pSnapshot. Next time a
7350 ** read transaction is opened, attempt to read from the snapshot it
7351 ** identifies. If this is not a WAL database, return an error.
7352 */
7353 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotOpen(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot){
7354   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7355   if( pPager->pWal ){
7356     sqlite3WalSnapshotOpen(pPager->pWal, pSnapshot);
7357   }else{
7358     rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
7359   }
7360   return rc;
7361 }
7362 #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT */
7363 #endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
7364 
7365 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
7366 /*
7367 ** A read-lock must be held on the pager when this function is called. If
7368 ** the pager is in WAL mode and the WAL file currently contains one or more
7369 ** frames, return the size in bytes of the page images stored within the
7370 ** WAL frames. Otherwise, if this is not a WAL database or the WAL file
7371 ** is empty, return 0.
7372 */
7373 int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager){
7374   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
7375   return sqlite3WalFramesize(pPager->pWal);
7376 }
7377 #endif
7378 
7379 
7380 #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */
7381